Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1 User`s Guide

Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1 User`s Guide
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers
and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH INTEL® PRODUCTS. NO LICENSE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BY ESTOPPEL OR
OTHERWISE, TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS IS GRANTED BY THIS DOCUMENT. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN INTEL'S TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF SALE FOR SUCH PRODUCTS, INTEL ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER, AND INTEL DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, RELATING
TO SALE AND/OR USE OF INTEL PRODUCTS INCLUDING LIABILITY OR WARRANTIES RELATING TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
MERCHANTABILITY, OR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT. Intel products are not intended for
use in medical, life saving, life sustaining, critical control or safety systems, or in nuclear facility applications.
Legal Lines and Disclaimers
Intel may make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time, without notice.
Intel Corporation may have patents or pending patent applications, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights that relate to the
presented subject matter. The furnishing of documents and other materials and information does not provide any license, express or implied, by estoppel
or otherwise, to any such patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights.
Designers must not rely on the absence or characteristics of any features or instructions marked “reserved” or “undefined.” Intel reserves these for
future definition and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for conflicts or incompatibilities arising from future changes to them.
Intel processor numbers are not a measure of performance. Processor numbers differentiate features within each processor family, not across different
processor families. See http://www.intel.com/products/processor_number for details.
The Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS may contain design defects or errors known as errata which may cause the product to deviate
from published specifications. Current characterized errata are available on request.
This User’s Guide as well as the software described in it is furnished under license and may only be used or copied in accordance with the terms of the
license. The information in this manual is furnished for informational use only, is subject to change without notice, and should not be construed as a
commitment by Intel Corporation. Intel Corporation assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear in this document
or any software that may be provided in association with this document.
Except as permitted by such license, no part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any
means without the express written consent of Intel Corporation.
Contact your local Intel sales office or your distributor to obtain the latest specifications and before placing your product order.
Copies of documents which have an order number and are referenced in this document, or other Intel literature may be obtained by calling
1-800-548-4725 or by visiting Intel's website at http://www.intel.com.
BunnyPeople, Celeron, Celeron Inside, Centrino, Centrino logo, Core Inside, Dialogic, FlashFile, i960, InstantIP, Intel, Intel logo, Intel386, Intel486,
Intel740, IntelDX2, IntelDX4, IntelSX2, Intel Core, Intel Inside, Intel Inside logo, Intel. Leap ahead., Intel. Leap ahead. logo, Intel NetBurst, Intel
NetMerge, Intel NetStructure, Intel SingleDriver, Intel SpeedStep, Intel StrataFlash, Intel Viiv, Intel vPro, Intel XScale, IPLink, Itanium, Itanium Inside,
MCS, MMX, Oplus, OverDrive, PDCharm, Pentium, Pentium Inside, skoool, Sound Mark, The Journey Inside, VTune, Xeon, and Xeon Inside are
trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries.
*Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others.
Copyright © 2006, Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
2
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Contents
Contents
1.0
Introduction............................................................................................................... 9
1.1
Purpose ........................................................................................................... 10
1.2
Intended Audience ............................................................................................ 10
1.3
Related Documents ........................................................................................... 10
1.4
Conventions ..................................................................................................... 11
1.5
New Features for Version 5.1 .............................................................................. 11
1.6
Acronyms and Terminology................................................................................. 11
1.7
Downloading the IEGD and Video BIOS ................................................................ 14
1.8
Configuring and Installing the IEGD and Video BIOS .............................................. 14
2.0
Architectural Overview ............................................................................................ 17
2.1
Introduction ..................................................................................................... 17
2.1.1 Display Options...................................................................................... 19
2.1.1.1 Types of Displays...................................................................... 19
2.1.1.2 Display Configuration ................................................................ 19
2.2
Features .......................................................................................................... 20
2.2.1 Chipsets Supported ................................................................................ 20
2.2.2 OS and API Support................................................................................ 20
2.2.3 EDID-Less Configuration ......................................................................... 21
2.2.3.1 EDID-Less Panel Type Detection ................................................. 21
2.2.4 DVO Devices.......................................................................................... 21
2.2.5 Rotation................................................................................................ 22
3.0
Platform Configuration............................................................................................. 23
3.1
IEGD Configuration Editor (CED) ......................................................................... 23
3.2
Configuration Overview ...................................................................................... 23
3.3
System BIOS Settings........................................................................................ 23
3.3.1 GMCH PCI Device Enabling ...................................................................... 23
3.3.2 Graphics Mode Select (GMS) .................................................................... 24
3.3.3 AGP (Accelerated Graphics Port) Aperture Size ........................................... 24
3.4
VBIOS and Driver Configuration .......................................................................... 24
3.5
pcf2iegd Usage ................................................................................................. 25
3.5.1 pcf2iegd -ver ......................................................................................... 25
3.5.2 pcf2iedg -h............................................................................................ 25
3.5.3 pcf2iegd -asm........................................................................................ 25
3.5.4 pcf2iegd -cfg ......................................................................................... 26
3.5.5 pcf2iegd -inf .......................................................................................... 26
3.5.6 pcf2iegd -x ............................................................................................ 26
3.5.7 pcf2iegd -bin ......................................................................................... 27
3.6
Parameter Configuration Format.......................................................................... 27
3.7
Sample PCF File ................................................................................................ 37
3.8
Display Detection and Initialization ...................................................................... 44
3.8.1 Display Detect Operation......................................................................... 44
3.8.2 Detectable Displays ................................................................................ 46
3.9
Advanced EDID Configuration ............................................................................. 46
3.9.1 Sample Advanced EDID Configurations...................................................... 47
3.10 External PCI Graphics Adaptor as Primary Device .................................................. 47
3.11 Enhanced Clone Mode Support ............................................................................ 51
3.11.1 Sample Extended Clone Mode PCF File ...................................................... 52
3.12 Gang DVO for the NS387R Transmitter................................................................. 55
3.12.1 Sample Gang DVO PCF file ...................................................................... 55
3.13 Scaling and Centering Configurations ................................................................... 57
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
3
Contents
3.13.1
3.13.2
3.13.3
3.13.4
Upscaling for the Chrontel* CH7017/CH7308 LVDS Transmitters ...................58
Internal LVDS Scaling With EDID Panels ....................................................58
Alignment in Clone Mode .........................................................................58
Centering With a DVO Display as Primary...................................................59
4.0
VBIOS......................................................................................................................61
4.1
Overview ..........................................................................................................61
4.2
System Requirements ........................................................................................61
4.3
Building the VBIOS with the User Build System (UBS).............................................61
4.3.1 Unzipping the VBIOS Zip File ....................................................................62
4.3.2 Prerequisites ..........................................................................................62
4.3.3 Selecting the Build Folder ........................................................................62
4.3.4 Configuring the PCF File for the Video BIOS ................................................63
4.3.4.1 COMMON_TO_PORT...................................................................63
4.3.4.2 post_display_msg .....................................................................64
4.3.4.3 OEM Vendor Strings...................................................................64
4.3.4.4 Default Mode Settings................................................................64
4.3.4.5 Default Refresh Settings.............................................................64
4.3.4.6 default_vga_height....................................................................65
4.3.5 Building the VBIOS .................................................................................65
4.4
VBIOS and Driver Compatibility ...........................................................................65
4.4.1 Data Dependencies Between VBIOS and Intel Graphics Drivers .....................65
4.5
VESA and VGA Video Modes ................................................................................65
5.0
Legacy VBIOS ...........................................................................................................69
5.1
Overview ..........................................................................................................69
5.1.1 VBIOS Model..........................................................................................70
5.2
Panel Detection .................................................................................................71
5.3
Configuration Using User Build System (UBS) ........................................................72
5.3.1 Overview ...............................................................................................72
5.3.2 Requirements.........................................................................................72
5.3.3 VBIOS Launcher .....................................................................................73
5.3.4 VBIOS Configuration File..........................................................................73
5.3.4.1 Version Selection Category .........................................................73
5.3.4.2 Build Selection Category ............................................................73
5.3.4.3 General Selection Category.........................................................75
5.3.4.4 PORT_CONFIG Selection Category ...............................................76
5.3.4.5 PORT_DEVICE Selection Category................................................78
5.3.4.6 BOOT Display Attachment Selection Category ...............................81
5.3.5 VBIOS Customization Tool (VCT)...............................................................81
5.3.6 VBIOS Tips ............................................................................................82
5.4
System BIOS Interface .......................................................................................82
5.5
VBIOS and Driver Compatibility ...........................................................................82
5.5.1 Data Dependencies Between VBIOS and Intel Graphics Drivers .....................82
5.6
Video Modes .....................................................................................................82
6.0
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers ...........................................85
6.1
Overview ..........................................................................................................85
6.2
Configuration Information ...................................................................................85
6.2.1 Universal INF Configuration......................................................................85
6.2.2 INF File Backward Compatibility ................................................................85
6.2.2.1 INF File Backward Compatibility with IEGD Version 4.0...................85
6.2.3 Dual Panel Configuration..........................................................................86
6.2.4 Intel® 855GME Dual Display Example .......................................................86
6.2.5 Creating Registry Settings for Graphics Driver INF file .................................87
6.2.6 Dynamic Port Driver Configuration ............................................................88
6.2.6.1 DestinationDirs .........................................................................89
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
4
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Contents
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.2.6.2 SourceDisksFiles ....................................................................... 89
6.2.6.3 Name and File Association.......................................................... 90
6.2.6.4 PortDrivers Registry Key ............................................................ 91
6.2.7 Creating an .sld file for Microsoft Windows XP Embedded* Systems .............. 91
6.2.8 Changing Default Display Mode ................................................................ 92
Installing the IEGD on Microsoft Windows* ........................................................... 92
Uninstalling Version 5.1 of the Driver ................................................................... 93
Run-Time Operation .......................................................................................... 94
Viewing and Changing the Driver Configuration From Microsoft Windows*................. 95
7.0
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers .................................... 101
7.1
Overview ....................................................................................................... 101
7.2
Microsoft Windows CE* .NET Installation ............................................................ 101
7.2.1 Prerequisites ....................................................................................... 101
7.2.2 Integrating IEGD With Microsoft Windows CE* .NET Platform Builder ........... 101
7.3
Microsoft Windows CE* .NET Configuration ......................................................... 103
7.3.1 Mode Setting Through the Registry ......................................................... 103
7.3.2 Port Driver-Specific Installation Options................................................... 107
7.3.3 Microsoft Windows CE* .NET Memory Model — Reserved Memory ............... 107
7.3.4 Determining Graphics Memory Size......................................................... 108
7.3.5 Framebuffer and Video Surface Size........................................................ 109
7.3.6 Video Surface Allocation Rule ................................................................. 110
7.3.7 Driver General Configuration Selection .................................................... 110
7.3.8 Display Mode Configuration ................................................................... 110
7.3.8.1 Vertical Extended Display Mode ................................................ 111
7.3.9 Per Port Platform Customization ............................................................. 112
7.3.9.1 Per Port Customization — Custom DTD Mode Timings .................. 112
7.3.9.2 Per Port Customization — Custom DVO GPIO Pin Settings ............ 113
7.3.9.3 Per Port Customization — Custom Flat Panel Controls .................. 113
7.3.9.4 Per Port Customization — Attribute Initialization.......................... 114
7.3.10 System to Video Stretch Blit .................................................................. 114
7.3.11 Blend Filtering ..................................................................................... 115
7.3.12 Catalogue Feature File .......................................................................... 115
7.3.13 Text Anti-Aliasing ................................................................................. 115
7.3.14 Dynamic Loading of Port Drivers............................................................. 115
7.3.15 NOTEARING Support for Smooth Blits ..................................................... 116
7.3.16 video.reg File Backward Compatibility ..................................................... 116
8.0
Linux* Installation and Configuration ................................................................... 125
8.1
Overview ....................................................................................................... 125
8.2
Prerequisites................................................................................................... 125
8.3
Installation ..................................................................................................... 126
8.4
Configuration.................................................................................................. 129
8.4.1 Supported Hardware............................................................................. 129
8.4.2 Configuration Overview ......................................................................... 130
8.4.2.1 Linux* Configuration Using the pcf2iegd Utility ........................... 130
8.4.2.2 Editing the Linux* Configuration File Directly .............................. 131
8.4.3 The Linux Configuration File................................................................... 133
8.4.3.1 Device Section........................................................................ 134
8.4.3.2 Screen Section ....................................................................... 134
8.4.3.3 Monitor Section ...................................................................... 134
8.4.3.4 ServerLayout Section .............................................................. 135
8.4.3.5 ServerFlags Section ................................................................ 135
8.4.4 XFree86 and Xorg Configuration Options ................................................. 135
8.4.5 Sample Dual Independent Head (DIH) Configuration ................................. 138
8.4.6 Video Memory Management ................................................................... 139
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
5
Contents
8.4.7
8.4.8
8.5
Graphics Port Initialization ..................................................................... 139
EDID-Less Bin Configuration File ............................................................. 140
8.4.8.1 EDID File Format..................................................................... 140
8.4.9 OpenGL* Support ................................................................................. 142
8.4.10 OpenGL* Installation............................................................................. 143
8.4.11 Sample Advanced EDID Configurations for Linux* OS ................................ 143
Run Time Operation ......................................................................................... 144
8.5.1 Runtime Configuration GUI (IEGDGUI)..................................................... 144
8.5.1.1 IEGDGUI Setup ....................................................................... 144
8.5.1.2 Using the IEGDGUI Runtime Configuration Utility ......................... 146
A
PCF File Syntax.......................................................................................................151
B
Example INF File ....................................................................................................157
C
Port Driver Attributes .............................................................................................165
C.1
Standard Port Driver Attributes.......................................................................... 165
C.2
Port Driver Customized Attributes ...................................................................... 166
C.2.1 Chrontel* CH7009/CH7010 Port Driver TV Attributes ................................. 167
C.2.2 Chrontel* CH7017/CH7305 Port Driver Attributes...................................... 170
C.2.3 Chrontel* CH7307 Port Driver Attributes .................................................. 174
C.2.4 Chrontel* CH7308 Port Driver Attributes .................................................. 175
C.2.5 Focus* FS453/FS454 Port Driver TV Attributes ......................................... 176
C.2.6 National Semiconductor* NS387R Port Driver LVDS Attributes .................... 178
C.2.7 Silicon Image* Sil164 Port Driver DVI Attributes ....................................... 179
C.2.8 Silicon Image* Sil 1362/Sil 1364Port Driver DVI Attributes......................... 180
C.2.9 Texas Instruments * TFP410 DVI Port Driver Attributes ............................. 181
C.3
Chipset and Port Driver-Specific Installation Information ....................................... 182
D
Intel 5F Extended Interface Functions ...................................................................183
Index......................................................................................................................185
Figures
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Intel Embedded Graphics Suite...................................................................................17
Graphics Driver Architecture ......................................................................................18
Firmware Architecture ...............................................................................................18
Conversion of PCF for VBIOS and Driver Configuration...................................................25
Hierarchy of PCF File Block Headings ...........................................................................28
External PCI Graphics Card as Primary Driver and IEGD as Secondary Driver....................49
IEGD as Primary Driver and External PCI Graphics Card as Secondary Driver....................50
IEGD as Primary Driver With Two Displays and External PCI Driving a Tertiary Display.......51
Extended Clone Mode Displays ...................................................................................52
Video BIOS Directory Structure ..................................................................................63
VBIOS Model ...........................................................................................................71
Build Settings ..........................................................................................................73
General Options .......................................................................................................75
Port Configuration Options .........................................................................................76
Port Device Options ..................................................................................................79
Boot Options............................................................................................................81
Runtime Configuration GUI — Driver Info Tab ..............................................................96
Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Config Tab..........................................................97
Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Attributes Tab .....................................................98
Runtime Configuration GUI — Mode Tab Screen............................................................99
Sample FILES Block from platform.bib File ................................................................. 103
Typical Memory Map Using Static Memory Model......................................................... 108
Sample video.reg File.............................................................................................. 117
Sample XF86Conf File ............................................................................................. 131
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
6
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Contents
25
26
27
28
29
Sample DIH Configuration ....................................................................................... 138
Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI-- Driver Info Tab ................................................... 147
Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Config Tab ............................................. 148
Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Attributes Tab ........................................ 149
Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Mode Tab.......................................................... 150
Tables
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Acronyms and Terminology ....................................................................................... 12
Types of Displays ..................................................................................................... 19
Display Configuration Definitions ................................................................................ 19
Supported Display Configurations............................................................................... 19
Chipsets Supported by the Intel Embedded Graphics Suite ............................................ 20
DVO/SDVO Devices Supported................................................................................... 21
GMCH Device 2, Function 1 BIOS Setting .................................................................... 23
GMS Settings .......................................................................................................... 24
Parameter Configuration Format ................................................................................ 29
I2C/DDC Pin Pair Definitions for 8x Chipsets ................................................................ 43
Detectable Displays .................................................................................................. 46
Sample Advanced EDID Configurations ....................................................................... 47
Supported VGA Video Display Modes........................................................................... 66
VESA Modes Supported by Video BIOS ...................................................................... 67
Example Panel ID Definitions ..................................................................................... 71
Device IDs .............................................................................................................. 79
Standard VGA Video Display Modes ............................................................................ 83
VESA Modes Supported by Legacy VBIOS .................................................................... 84
Example of Intel® 855GME Dual Display Parameter Setting ........................................... 86
Registry Keys ........................................................................................................ 104
Supported Driver Options........................................................................................ 136
Sample Advanced EDID Configurations for Linux* OS ................................................. 144
Standard Port Driver Attributes ................................................................................ 165
Chrontel* CH7009/CH7010 Port Driver TV Attributes .................................................. 167
Chrontel* CH7017/CH7305 Port Driver Attributes ....................................................... 170
Chrontel* CH7017/CH7307 Port Driver Attributes ....................................................... 174
Chrontel* CH7308 Port Driver Attributes ................................................................... 175
Focus* FS453/FS454 Port Driver TV Attributes........................................................... 176
National Semiconductor* NS387R Port Driver LVDS Attributes ..................................... 178
Silicon Image* Sil164 Port Driver DVI Attributes ........................................................ 179
Silicon Image* Sil 1362/Sil 1364 Port Driver DVI Attributes ......................................... 180
Texas Instruments* TFP 410 DVI Port Driver Attributes............................................... 181
Default DVO Search Order....................................................................................... 182
Default GPIO Pin Pair Assignments ........................................................................... 182
Default IC2 Device Address Byte Assignment ............................................................. 182
Summary of Intel 5F Extended Interface Functions .................................................... 183
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
7
Contents
Revision History
Date
Revision
Description
June 2006
009
Updated for use with Version 5.1 of the product, including
support for the Texas Instruments* TFP410 DVO encoder,
Microsoft Windows* Embedded for Point of Service (WEPOS)
operating system, and SuSE 10. Change bars indicate areas of
change.
February 2006
008
Updated for use with Version 5.0 of the product, including
support for the Intel® 852GM, Intel® 945G, and Intel® 945GM
chipsets, the Silicon Image* Sil 1362 and Sil 1364 SDVO
transmitters, and External PCI as a Primary graphics adaptor.
October 2005
007
Updated for use with Version 4.1 of the product.
June 2005
006
Updated for use with Version 4.0 of the product, including
support for the Intel® 915GV and Intel® 915GM chipsets, the
Chrontel* CH7307 and Chrontel* CH7308 SDVO transmitters,
and Advanced EDID Configuration.
May 2005
005
Updated for use with Version 3.4 of the product, including use
of the enhanced Video BIOS, Windows* installer/uninstaller,
runtime configuration GUIs, and display discovery feature.
July 2004
004
Updated for use with Version 3.2 of the product, including use
of the dynamic port driver feature.
May 2004
003
Updated for usage with version 3.1 of the product, including
details on PCF format and usage, Universal INF format, and
updates to the User Build System.
February 2004
002
Updated chipset support to reflect current Embedded IA32
roadmap.
February 2004
001
Initial Release
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
8
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Introduction
1.0
Introduction
The Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers (IEGD) comprise a suite of multi-platform
graphics drivers designed to meet the requirements of embedded applications. The
drivers run on Embedded Intel® Architecture (eIA) chipsets, including the following:
• Intel® 815/815E
• Intel® 845GV
• Intel® 852GM
• Intel® 852GME
• Intel® 855GME
• Intel® 915GV
• Intel® 915GM
• Intel® 945G
• Intel® 945GM
The IEGD supports four types of display devices:
• Analog CRT
• LVDS flat panels
• TMDS DVI displays
• TV Output
The IEGD is designed to work with fixed-function platforms, such as Point-of-Sale
(POS) devices, ATM machines, gaming devices, etc. It can be configured to work with
various hardware and software platforms and supports both Microsoft Windows* and
Linux* operating systems, including embedded versions of these operating systems.
The Intel Embedded Graphics Suite consists of both the IEGD and a Video BIOS
(VBIOS) component. These two components are configurable and work together to
provide a wide range of features. This document provides information on configuring
and using both the IEGD and the VBIOS.
The IEGD provides the following features:
• Enhanced VBIOS support
• Dynamic Port Drivers
• Support for Dual Independent Head (DIH) displays
• Support of a Universal INF file
• EDID and EDID-less display support
• Display discovery and initialization
• Direct 3D* support
• Installer/Uninstaller GUI for Microsoft Windows*
• Runtime configuration GUI for Microsoft Windows and Linux
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
9
Introduction
1.1
Purpose
This manual provides information on both firmware and software, providing hardware
design considerations, installation requirements, and static configuration options.
1.2
Intended Audience
This document is targeted at all platform and system developers who need to interface
with the graphics subsystem. This includes, but is not limited to: platform designers,
system BIOS developers, system integrators, original equipment manufacturers,
system control application developers, as well as end users.
1.3
Related Documents
The following documents provide additional information on the hardware supported by
the IEGD.
• Mobile Intel® 915PM/GM/GMS and 910GML Express Chipset Datasheet
(Document Number: 305264-001)
• Intel® 915G/915GV/915P Express Chipset Datasheet
(Document Number: 304467-005)
• Intel® I/O Controller Hub 6 (ICH6) Family Datasheet
(Document Number: 301473-002)
• Intel® 815 Chipset Family: 82815 Graphics and Memory Controller Hub (GMCH)
Datasheet (Order Number: 298351-002)
• Intel® 845G/845GL/845GV Chipset Datasheet: Intel® 82845G/82845GL/82845GV
Graphics and Memory Controller Hub (GMCH)
(Order Number: 290746-002)
• Intel® 852GME Chipset GMCH and Intel® 852GM Chipset MCH Datasheet
(Order Number: 253027-004)
• Intel® 855GM/GME Chipset Graphics and Memory Controller Hub (GMCH)
Datasheet
(Order Number: 252615-005)
• Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers for Embedded Intel® Architecture-based
Chipsets Product Brief
• Intel® 815 Chipset: Graphics Controller Programmer's Reference Manual (PRM)
(Order Number: 298237-001)
• Integrated Dual Independent Display on Intel® Digital Security Surveillance
Multifunction Platforms Application Brief
• Display Panel Debugging with the Intel Graphics Memory Controller Hub
(Order Number: 305964-001)
• VESA BIOS Extensions/Display Data Channel Standard, available at the following
website:
http://www.vesa.org/public/VBE/VBEDDC11.PDF
This document provides information on the 4F VBE functions, which are supported
by the Intel embedded Video BIOS.
• VESA BIOS Extension (VBE) Core Functions Standard Version 3.0, available at the
following website:
http://www.vesa.org/public/VBE/vbe3.pdf
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
10
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Introduction
Contains information on the VESA BIOS Extension (VBE) specification for standard
software access to graphics display controllers that support resolutions, color
depths, and frame buffer organizations beyond the VGA hardware standard.
1.4
Conventions
The following conventions are used throughout this document.
1.5
Boldface
Represents text that you type and text that appears on a screen.
Italics
Introduces new terms and titles of documents.
Courier New
Identifies the names of files, executable program names, and text that appears in
a file.
Angle Brackets (<>)
Enclose variable values in syntax or value ranges that you must replace with
actual values.
Vertical Bar ( | )
Used to separate choices (for example, TRUE | FALSE)
New Features for Version 5.1
The IEGD 5.1 release contains the following new features and capabilities:
• New Configuration Editor GUI (Beta version, available to qualified OEMs through
your Premier Support account: premier.intel.com) that allows pre-installation
configuration of the IEGD
• Support for Texas Instruments* TFP410 encoder
• Triple Independent Display with External PCI Device
• Overlay Support through new PCF parameter
• Centering & Scaling enhancements for the following:
- Upscaling support for Chrontel* CH7017 & 7308
- EDID LVDS
- Alignment in Clone Mode
- DVO as Primary
• New No_DFB PCF parameter that improves performance in certain situations
• Color Control API on Internal LVDS and External Encoder
• GangDVO (for NS387R encoder)
OS Support Changes:
• Support for Microsoft Windows* Embedded for Point of Service OS (WEPOS)
• Support for SUSE Enterprise Server (SLES) 10 with kernel 2.6.13.15 and XFree86
6.8.2 X-Server with KDE
This release also contains fixes for errata. For details on Windows errata, including
status and priority information, refer to the Errata document located at the following
website:
http://www.intel.com/design/intarch/specupdt/309380.htm
1.6
Acronyms and Terminology
Table 1 lists the acronyms and terminology used throughout this document.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
11
Introduction
Table 1.
Acronyms and Terminology (Sheet 1 of 3)
Term
Description
ADD Card
APG Digital Display. An adapter card that can be inserted into the AGP
port of Intel chipset family-based systems. ADD cards allow
configurations for TV-out, LVDS, and TMDS output (i.e., televisions,
digital displays, and flat panel displays).
AGP
Accelerated Graphics Port. An interface specification that allows 3-D
graphics to be displayed smoothly and quickly on a display device.
AIM
Add In Module.
BDA
BIOS Data Area. A storage area that contains information about the
current state of a display, including mode number, number of columns,
cursor position, etc.
BIOS
Basic Input/Output System. The IEGD interacts with two BIOS systems:
system BIOS and Video BIOS (VBIOS). VBIOS is a component of the
system BIOS.
Clone Display Configuration
A type of display configuration that drives two display devices, each
displaying the same content, but can have different resolutions and
(independent) timings. Compare Twin Display Configuration and DIH
Display Configuration.
DirectDraw*
A component of the DirectX* Graphics API in Microsoft Windows*.
DIH Display Configuration
Dual Independent Head. A type of display configuration that supports two
displays with different content on each display device. The IEGD supports
Extended Mode for Microsoft Windows systems and Xinerama for Linux
systems.
DTD
Detailed Timing Descriptor. A set of timing values used for EDID-less
devices.
DVI
Digital Video Interface.
DVO
Digital Video Out. A port on the GMCH that allows connection to a digital
transmitter, either an ADD card or on-board transmitter, and permits
connections to various digital devices, such as TVs, LVDS flat panel
displays, and TMDS devices. The GMCH provides up to three DVO ports
named DVOA, DVOB, and DVOC.
EBDA
Extended BIOS Data Area. An interface that allows the system BIOS and
Option ROMs to request access to additional memory.
EDID
Extended Display Identification Data. A VESA standard that allows the
display device to send identification and capabilities information to the
IEGD. IEGD reads all EDID data, including resolution and timing data,
from the display, thus negating the need for configuring DTD data for the
device.
EDID-less
A display that does not have the capability to send identification and
timing information to the driver and requires DTD information to be
defined in the driver.
eIA
Embedded Intel® Architecture.
EMI
Electromagnetic Interference.
Extended Clone Mode
A feature that allows you to have different sized displays in clone mode
Frame Buffer
A region of physical memory used to store and render graphics to a
display.
Gang DVO
A type of configuration for the NS387R transmitter that gets data from 2
DVO ports (DVO-B and DVO-C) and sends it to a single display.
GDI
Graphics Device Interface. A low-level API used with Microsoft Windows
operating systems.
GMCH
Graphics and Memory Controller Hub.
GMS
Graphics Mode Select (stolen memory).
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
12
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Introduction
Table 1.
Acronyms and Terminology (Continued) (Sheet 2 of 3)
Term
Description
HAL
Hardware Abstraction Layer. An API that allows access to the
Intel® 815/815E, 845GV, 855GME, and 852GME chipsets.
IAL
Interface Abstraction Layer. An API that allows access to graphics
interfaces including the GDI, DirectDraw*, XFree86.
IEGD
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers
INF file
A standard Microsoft Windows text file, referred to as an information file,
used by Microsoft Windows to provide information to the driver. The
default .inf file for the IEGD is ssigd.inf. You can create customized
parameters in the .pcf file and take the output from the pcf2iegd -inf
program and add it to the .inf file.
LVDS
Low Voltage Differential Signaling. Used with flat panel displays, such as a
laptop computer display.
Linux/XFree86
Open Source for XWindows* used on Linux systems.
NTSC
National Television Standards Committee. A TV standard used in North
and Central America and in Japan.
OAL
Operating System Abstraction Layer. An API that provides access to
operating systems, including Microsoft Windows and Linux.
Option ROM
Code which is integrated with the system BIOS and resides on a flash chip
on the motherboard. The Intel Embedded Video BIOS is an example of an
option ROM.
PAL
Phase Alternating Lines. A TV standard used in Europe, South America,
Africa, and Australia.
PCI
Peripheral Component Interface.
Port Driver
A driver used with the DVO interfaces of the Graphics and Memory
Controller Hub (GMCH).
POST
Power On Self Test.
RAL
Resource Abstraction Layer. An API that serves as a bridge between the
HAL and other system resources, such as memory, frame buffers, etc.
Reserved Memory
A region of physical memory in a Windows* CE system set aside for BIOS,
VBIOS, and Graphics Driver operations. Reserved memory can be
configured to be used by the operating system and other applications
when not in use by the BIOS.
sDVO
Serial Digital Video Output.
Single Display Configuration
A type of display configuration that supports one and only one display
device.
Stolen Memory
A region of physical memory (RAM) set aside by the system BIOS for
input and output operations. The amount of stolen memory is
configurable. Stolen memory is not accessible to the operating system or
applications.
System BIOS
The standard BIOS used for basic input and output operations on PCs.
TMDS
Transitioned Minimized Differential Signaling. Used with DVI displays,
such as plasma TVs.
TSR
Terminate and Stay Resident. A program that is loaded and executes in
RAM, but when it terminates, the program stays resident in memory and
can be executed again immediately without being reloaded into memory.
Twin Display Configuration
A type of display configuration that supports two display devices each of
which has the same content, resolution, and timings. Compare Clone
Display Configuration.
UBS
User Build System. A process for building a VBIOS.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
13
Introduction
Table 1.
Acronyms and Terminology (Continued) (Sheet 3 of 3)
Term
1.7
Description
VBIOS
Video Basic Input Output System. A component of system BIOS that
drives graphics input and output.
VESA
Video Electronics Standards Organization.
VGA
Video Graphics Array. A graphics display standard developed by IBM* that
uses analog signals rather than digital signals.
Downloading the IEGD and Video BIOS
Both the IEGD and the Video BIOS (VBIOS) are available from the drivers Download
Finder on www.intel.com or can be directly downloaded from the following website:
http://www.intel.com/design/intarch/swsup/graphics_drivers.htm
The following files are available from the Download Finder:
• Intel® Embedded Graphics Driver Video BIOS - v5.1 (winzip file)
• Intel® Embedded Graphics Driver Legacy Video BIOS - v3.2.1 (winzip file)
• Intel® i81x Embedded Video BIOS - v1.3 (winzip file)
• Intel® Embedded Graphics Driver for Microsoft Windows* 2000, Windows XP*
Professional, Windows* XP Embedded, and Windows NT* - v5.1 (winzip file)
• Intel® Embedded Graphics Driver for Microsoft Windows CE* .NET - v4.2 (winzip
file)
• Intel® Embedded Graphics Driver for Microsoft Windows CE* .NET - v5. 1 (winzip
file)
• Intel® Embedded Graphics Driver for Linux - v5.1 (tgz file)
Note:
The Embedded Video BIOS version 5.1 is recommended for use with each of the
graphics drivers in most cases. The Legacy Video BIOS version 3.2.1 may be used on
Intel 845G, 852GME, and 855GME Chipset based platforms. On platforms using the
Intel 815 or 815E Chipset, you may use the VBIOS provided with the platform, or the
i81x Embedded Video BIOS version 1.3. Click the following link to see the FAQ page for
details on the differences of these versions.
http://www.intel.com/design/intarch/swsup/graphics_faq.htm
A typical download consists of downloading two compressed files: one for the IEGD for
your system and one for the VBIOS. It is highly recommended that you unzip the files
for the VBIOS in a folder near the root of the filesystem.
Once you have downloaded the driver and VBIOS, you can configure and customize
them following the procedures in this document. Once they have been configured, you
can integrate the VBIOS with the system BIOS ROM and install the IEGD on your
operating system.
1.8
Configuring and Installing the IEGD and Video BIOS
The following procedure outlines the process of obtaining, configuring, and installing
the IEGD and the VBIOS.
1. Download the VBIOS and the IEGD software from the following website:
http://www.intel.com/design/intarch/swsup/graphics_drivers.htm
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
14
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Introduction
2. Unzip the files. For the Video BIOS files, unzip them to a folder near the top of the
filesystem root as there is character limitation in DOS. Also note that the User Build
System configuration tools require relative locations of the subdirectories. Once
you have unzipped the files, do not move or rename any of the folders or files.
3. Configure the VBIOS. If you are using the legacy VBIOS, update the VBIOS
Configuration File (def_eg.txt). Refer to Chapter 5.0, “Legacy VBIOS” for
instructions on configuring the legacy VBIOS.
If you are using the new VBIOS, use the Parameter Configuration File (PCF). A
sample.pcf file is included in the download. Refer to Section 3.6, “Parameter
Configuration Format” on page 27 in Chapter 3.0, “Platform Configuration” for
information pertaining to the PCF file.
4. Configure the System BIOS. For instructions, see Section 3.3, “System BIOS
Settings” on page 23.
5. Build the VBIOS Option ROM using the User Build System process described in
Chapter 4.0, “VBIOS”. If you are using the legacy VBIOS, refer to Chapter 5.0,
“Legacy VBIOS”.
6. Integrate the VBIOS Option ROM with the platform’s firmware image using tools
provided by your system BIOS vendor. For example, if you are using the American
Megatrends Inc.* (AMI) system BIOS, use mmtools.exe.
7. If required, configure the Driver by updating the Parameter Configuration File.
Refer to Chapter 3.0, “Platform Configuration”.
8. Install the IEGD on your operating system. If you are installing to a Microsoft
Windows system, use the Microsoft Windows installer program described in Section
6.6, “Viewing and Changing the Driver Configuration From Microsoft Windows*” on
page 95.
If you are installing to a Linux operating system, follow the installation procedure
described in Chapter 8.0, “Linux* Installation and Configuration”.
Once the IEGD is installed, you can make runtime configuration changes by using the
Microsoft Windows or Linux runtime configuration GUI. See Section 6.6, “Viewing and
Changing the Driver Configuration From Microsoft Windows*” on page 95 for
information on using the Microsoft Windows Runtime Configuration GUI and Section
8.5.1, “Runtime Configuration GUI (IEGDGUI)” on page 144 for using the Linux
Configuration GUI. Changes you make to the IEGD during runtime take effect
immediately and there is no need to reboot the operating system.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
15
Introduction
This page is intentionally left blank.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
16
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Architectural Overview
2.0
Architectural Overview
2.1
Introduction
The Intel Embedded Graphics Suite (IEGS) is composed of a runtime graphics driver
and a Video BIOS (VBIOS) firmware component. (See Figure 1 through Figure 3.) Both
the driver and VBIOS control the GMCH to perform display and render operations. The
VBIOS is predominantly leveraged by System BIOS during system boot but is also used
at runtime by the driver to handle full-screen text mode on Microsoft Windows*
operating systems.
Figure 1.
Intel Embedded Graphics Suite
Intel
Embedded Firmware
GMCH
Intel®
Embedded Graphics Driver
Transmitter
Encode
Transmitter
Encode
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
17
Architectural Overview
\
Figure 2.
Graphics Driver Architecture
Application
Graphics Interface API
Intel® Embedded Graphics Driver
IAL
RAL
OAL
HAL
Interface Abstraction Layer (IAL)
Translates OS-specific graphics driver
entry points into standard hardware
acceleration APIs.
Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL)
Abstracts Intel® Embedded Graphics
controller chipset families
OS Abstraction Layer (OAL)
Abstracts OS resources, enabling the
HAL to be OS independent.
Resource Abstraction Layer (RAL)
Platform-level abstraction of resources
such as graphics memory.
GMCH
B5087-01
Figure 3.
Firmware Architecture
System BIOS/Application
Intel Embedded Firmware
Dispatch
VGA
VESA
IntelAPI
FPI
Dispatch
Entry point for applications (INT10)
VGA
Standard VGA mode setting
VESA
Standard VESA support
IntelAPI
Intel specific features, including flat
panel detect, backlight, etc.
Firmware Port Interface (FPI)
CRT and DVO interface support
GMCH
B5088-01
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
18
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Architectural Overview
2.1.1
Display Options
The following section describes the types of displays and configurations supported by
the Intel Embedded Graphics Driver.
2.1.1.1
Types of Displays
The table below lists the types of displays supported by the IEGD.
Table 2.
Types of Displays
Display
Description
CRT
Analog CRT, natively supported with RGB signaling.
Flat Panel
TMDS and LVDS compliant flat panels are supported with the use of an external
transmitter via a DVO or sDVO port. Integrated LVDS flat panels are also natively
supported on the Intel® 852GME, Intel® 855GM, and Intel® 915GM chipsets.
TV-out is supported with the use of external encoder via a DVO or sDVO port.
TV
2.1.1.2
NOTE: The integrated TV Out signal of the Intel® 915GM Chipset is not currently
supported in IEGD.
Display Configuration
IEGD supports driving two displays simultaneously. Several configurations are
supported, dependent on operating system and chipset. The various display
configuration are described in the table below.
Table 3.
Display Configuration Definitions
Display Configuration Mode
Description
Single
Normal desktop configuration, single monitor
Twin
Two displays, same content, single resolution, same timings
Clone
Two displays, same content, different resolutions, independent timings
DIH
Dual Independent Head. Two displays, different content, independent
resolutions
Table 4 summarizes which display configurations are supported by Intel chipsets.
Table 4.
Supported Display Configurations (Sheet 1 of 2)
Operating System
Chipset
Intel® 815/
815E, Intel®
845GV
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Windows*
2000
Single
Twin
Windows XP*
Windows CE* .NET
Single
Twin
Single
Twin
Linux
Single
Twin
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
19
Architectural Overview
Table 4.
Supported Display Configurations (Continued) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Intel® 852GME,
Intel® 852GM,
Intel® 855GME
Single
Twin
Clone
DIH
Single
Twin
Clone
DIH
Single
Twin
Clone
Single
Twin
Clone
DIH
Intel® 915GV
Single
Twin
Clone
Single
Twin
Clone
Single
Twin
Clone
Single
Twin
Clone
Intel® 915GM,
Intel® 945G,
Intel® 945GM
Single
Twin
Clone
DIH
Single
Twin
Clone
DIH
Single
Twin
Clone
Single
Twin
Clone
DIH
Twin and Clone modes are supported by IEGD through custom APIs. In contrast, DIH is
supported natively by both Microsoft Windows and Linux (XFree86 and X.org).
2.2
Features
The following sections describes major features supported by IEGD.
2.2.1
Chipsets Supported
The following table details the chipsets that the IEGS supports.
Table 5.
Chipsets Supported by the Intel Embedded Graphics Suite
Chipset
IEGD Legacy VBIOS Support
IEGD VBIOS Support
IEGD Support
Intel 815/815E
No
No
Yes
Intel 845GV
Yes
Yes
Yes
Intel 852GME
Intel 852GM
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Intel 855GME
Yes
Yes
Yes
Intel 915GV
Intel 915GM
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Intel 945G
Intel 945GM
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
All supported chipsets provide support for a single analog output for CRTs. In addition,
digital monitors, flat panels and TVs are supported through the GMCH DVO and sDVO
interface.
Note:
The 815/815E chipsets are not supported by either the legacy IEGD VBIOS nor the new
5.1 VBIOS. These chipsets work only with VBIOS provided by the system BIOS
manufacturer or the i81x Embedded Video BIOS.
2.2.2
OS and API Support
The IEGD and Video BIOS support the following OS and APIs:
• Linux XFree86 and X.org
• Microsoft Windows* 2000, Windows XP*, Windows XP Embedded*
— DirectX* 8.1 (DirectDraw* and Direct3D*)
— DirectX* 9 (DirectDraw* and Direct3D*)
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
20
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Architectural Overview
• Microsoft Windows CE* .NET* 4.2 (DirectDraw* and Direct3D*
• Microsoft Windows CE* .NET* 5.0 (DirectDraw* only)
• Microsoft Windows NT* 4.0 with DirectX* 3 (DirectDraw* only)
2.2.3
EDID-Less Configuration
EDID-less support is the ability to run a display panel that does not have display timing
information within the panel. Therefore, the user has to provide the display timing
information to the graphics drivers. For the IEGD, this must be done through:
• VBIOS User Build System for the VBIOS
• Configuration file for the graphics drivers.
This document describes only the necessary edits to the configuration files that are
required to implement the graphics driver and VBIOS, and not specific settings for
EDID-less panel configuration. Please refer to the manufacturer’s specifications for the
DTD settings to use for your EDID-less panels.
2.2.3.1
EDID-Less Panel Type Detection
The Intel Embedded Graphics Suite supports EDID-less displays that do not export
timing modes. This is accomplished by allowing configuration of a Detailed Timing
Descriptor (DTD), and associating that DTD with a specific display port. The IEGS
provides further flexibility in allowing numerous DTDs to be defined and having the
selection of the DTD be configurable though selection of Configuration IDs. The
selection of the Configuration ID can be done from the System BIOS, as long as it
supports the Intel 5F40h function and passes the appropriate Configuration ID to the
VBIOS. The VBIOS in turn notifies the Graphics Driver of which Configuration ID is
active. This is not required however, but the VBIOS and/or Graphics Driver require the
Configuration ID to be set prior to installation.
2.2.4
DVO Devices
The IEGD supports many third-party digital transmitters connected to the DVO ports of
the GMCH. The driver code that supports each of these devices is abstracted and is a
separate driver called a port driver. Port drivers can be dynamically loaded at the time
IEGD is initialized, and IEGD can be configured to allow any number of these port
drivers to be loaded. By default, all the port drivers for the devices listed in the
following table as Included in Release Package will be loaded by default if the
corresponding transmitter is detected. If a port driver is not specified in the
configuration before installation, that device will not be detected, and the port driver
will not be loaded. The configuration can be modified before installation to prevent
certain port drivers from being loaded or to include additional port drivers to load.
Table 6.
DVO/SDVO Devices Supported (Sheet 1 of 2)
Legacy
VBIOS
Support
5.1 VBIOS
Support
Graphics
Driver Support
Internal LVDS
√
√
√
Chrontel* CH7009/CH7010
√
√
√
Chontel* CH7017
√
√
Chontel* CH7305
√
√
Chrontel* CH7301
√
√
Chrontel* CH7307 (sDVO)
√
√
Device
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
21
Architectural Overview
Table 6.
DVO/SDVO Devices Supported (Continued) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Chrontel* CH7308 (sDVO)
√
Focus* FS453/FS454
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
Silicon Image Sil 1362 (sDVO)
√
√
Silicon Image Sil 1364 (sDVO)
√
√
National Semiconductor* NS2501
National Semiconductor* NS387R
Silicon Image* SiI 164
Texas Instruments* TFP410
Thine* Th164
2.2.5
√
√
√
√
√
√
Rotation
Rotation is the ability to rotate the display for the Intel Embedded Graphics Driver.
Rotation support includes 0°, 90°, 180°, 270°. Rotation is supported only on the
following chipsets using Microsoft Windows NT*, Windows* 2000, Windows XP*, and
Linux:
• Intel® 845GV
• Intel® 852GME
• Intel® 852GM
• Intel® 855GME
• Intel® 915GV
• Intel® 915GM
• Intel® 945G
• Intel® 945GM
Rotation is not supported in VGA modes of VBIOS, Windows CE*, or the Intel® 815
chipsets, or in conjunction with Direct3D*.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
22
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
3.0
Platform Configuration
3.1
IEGD Configuration Editor (CED)
IEGD 5.1 provides a Configuration Editor (CED) GUI (Beta version, available to qualified
OEMs through your Premier Support account: premier.intel.com) that allows preinstallation configuration of all supported operating systems and Video BIOS. The CED
is the preferred method of configuring the IEGD. It is faster and easier to use than
using the pcf2iegd utility described in this chapter. Refer to the CED online help
system for information on how to use the CED.
3.2
Configuration Overview
Some aspects of configuring the Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers are common across
the Video BIOS (VBIOS) and the drivers for the supported operating systems. The
following sections provide an overview for configuring both the VBIOS and the Intel
Embedded Graphics Drivers and describes in detail the common components and tools.
This section also describes how to configure the system BIOS for the supported
platforms.
3.3
System BIOS Settings
Before installing the Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers, you must first configure the
system BIOS for the platform. The following sections describe the required settings.
These descriptions are based on AMIBIOS8* from American Megatrends, Inc., which is
the recommended system BIOS to use with the Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers.
Settings may vary if a different system BIOS is used.
3.3.1
GMCH PCI Device Enabling
The PCI Device Enabling feature on the Graphics and Memory Controller Hub (GMCH)
should be set as specified in the following table.
Table 7.
GMCH Device 2, Function 1 BIOS Setting
Chipset
OS
Intel® 815/815E, Intel® 845GV
Intel® 852x, Intel® 855GME,
Intel® 915GV, Intel® 915GM,
Intel® 945G, Intel® 945GM
Microsoft Windows* 2000
N/A
Enabled†
Microsoft Windows XP* and
Microsoft Windows XPe*
N/A
Disabled
Microsoft Windows CE*
N/A
Disabled
Linux
N/A
Disabled
†
Graphics driver is required to be installed for Device 2, Function 0 and Device 2, Function 1.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
23
Platform Configuration
3.3.2
Graphics Mode Select (GMS)
The System BIOS typically allows a portion of physical memory to be dedicated to
firmware and graphics driver use. This dedicated memory is known as stolen memory
since it is not available to the operating system. The size of this memory is selectable
and chipset-specific; for example, for the Intel® 845GV chipset, stolen memory can be
configured to 0, 512 Kbytes, 1 Mbyte, or 8 Mbytes. Stolen memory is typically used by
the firmware and graphics driver to locate the frame buffer, but can also be used as
scratch and surface memory. Since it is programmatically set aside during boot by the
System BIOS, access to it is direct and does not require OS memory allocation services.
Firmware is fully responsible for stolen memory management.
Graphics Mode Select (GMS), or stolen memory, can be set to any of the sizes listed in
Table 8. Smaller sizes limit the frame buffer size during firmware boot. Larger sizes
marginally increase surface allocation performance for the graphics driver.
Table 8.
GMS Settings
Chipset
3.3.3
GMS Settings
815/815E
0, 512 Kbytes, 1 Mbytes
845GV
0, 512 Kbytes, 1 Mbytes, 8 Mbytes
852GM
0, 1 Mbytes, 4 Mbytes, 8 Mbytes, 16 Mbytes, 32 Mbytes
852GME/855GME
0, 1 Mbytes, 4 Mbytes, 8 Mbytes, 16 Mbytes, 32 Mbytes
915GV/915GM
0, 1 Mbytes, 8 Mbytes
945G/945GM
0, 1 Mbytes, 8 Mbytes
AGP (Accelerated Graphics Port) Aperture Size
The AGP Aperture size can be set to 64 Mbytes or 128 Mbytes. This controls the total
amount of graphics memory that can be mapped in the AGP Aperture.
3.4
VBIOS and Driver Configuration
The Intel Embedded Graphics Suite allows customer configuration of both the VBIOS
and graphics driver as well as programming of Detailed Timing Descriptors (DTDs) for
EDID-less panels for both the VBIOS and graphics driver. This is accomplished using a
single user-readable parameter configuration file (PCF) that contains a table of possible
DTDs, each associated with a potential target panel and display mode for the system.
This file is processed through a utility called pcf2iegd that generates DTD and
configuration settings used by the IEGD.
In the case of the VBIOS, the output is in the form of files used by the User Build
System (UBS) to compile and link the final firmware image. In the case of the graphics
driver, the provided tools convert the PCF format to INF or binary entries suitable for
merging into the installation files for the Microsoft Windows* or Linux operating
systems. Upon driver installation, the system uses the installation file entries to
generate a DTD table in the system registry. Figure 4 illustrates how the pcf2iegd
utility is used to generate the necessary configuration and DTD files from a single PCF
file.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
24
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
Figure 4.
Conversion of PCF for VBIOS and Driver Configuration
3.5
pcf2iegd Usage
The following sections describe the syntax and usage of the pcf2iegd utility program.
3.5.1
pcf2iegd -ver
To display the current version of the IEGD, execute the utility with the -ver option:
pcf2iegd -ver
3.5.2
pcf2iedg -h
To display usage and help text, execute the utility with the –h option:
pcf2iegd –h
3.5.3
pcf2iegd -asm
Use the following options to generate a DTD assembly file to be used by the User Build
System in configuring the VBIOS. The <config_id> is optional, and specifies which of
the multiple configurations in the PCF file to use. If not specified, the pcf2iegd tool will
select the first configuration in the PCF file. The <input file name> is the name of the
PCF file. The output of the utility must be redirected to an output assembly file,
<output file name>, so that the contents may be used by the User Build Systems.
pcf2iegd -asm [<config_id>] <input file name> > <output file name>
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
25
Platform Configuration
Note:
The go.bat program calls the pcf2iegd program with the -asm option, so you typically
will not run the pcf2iegd program with this option.
3.5.4
pcf2iegd -cfg
Use the -cfg option to generate a configuration file to be used by the User Build
System in configuring the 5.1 version of the VBIOS. The <config_id> is optional, and
specifies which of the multiple configurations in the PCF file to use as the default. If not
specified, the pcf2iegd tool selects the first configuration.
pcf2iegd -cfg <input file name> [<config_id>]
Note:
The go.bat program calls the pcf2iegd program with the -cfg option, so you typically
will not run the pcf2iegd program with this option.
3.5.5
pcf2iegd -inf
Use the following options to generate INF entries for configuration of the Microsoft
Windows version of the driver. The <input file name> is the name of the PCF file. The
output of the utility must be redirected to an output file, <output file name>. The
contents of this file must be inserted into the .inf file that is used when installing the
Microsoft Windows driver. These settings must be inserted in the correct block of the
INF file as follows:
For the i81x chipsets, insert these settings in the
[ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_wht] block of the INF file.
For the i845, and i85x, insert these settings in the
[ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_alm] block of the INF file.
For the 915x and 945x, insert these settings in the
[ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_nap] block of the INF file.
pcf2iegd -inf <input file name> > <output file name>
Note:
The –inf option does not currently take a config_id, as do the –bin and –asm
options. This is because all configurations are included into a single INF file, per the
Universal INF design in the Microsoft Windows version of the driver. To support multiple
configurations and DTDs in the Linux driver, you must execute the pcf2iegd utility for
each configuration in the PCF file.
3.5.6
pcf2iegd -x
The -x option generates configurations for the Linux version of the driver. This option is
the preferred method for generating Linux configuration information for the XF86conf
and Xorg.conf files and replaces the -bin option for Linux configurations. (Note that
although the -bin option of the pcf2iegd command is still supported, the -x option is
the preferred method. The -bin option is provided only for backward compatibility and
will be removed at a future release.) The -x option produces global and perconfiguration information that can be cut and pasted into the XF86conf or Xorg.conf
file.
The <config_id> is optional, and specifies which of the multiple configurations in the
PCF file to use. If not specified, the pcf2iegd tool selects the first configuration in the
PCF file. The <input file name> is the name of the PCF file. The output of the utility
must be redirected to an output file, <output file name>. This output is an example of
how to configure the blocks of the XF86Conf or Xorg_conf file for use of IEGD in Linux.
See Section 8.0, “Linux* Installation and Configuration” on page 125 for more details
on the configuration steps for Linux.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
26
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
pcf2iegd -x [<config_id>] <input file name> > <output file name>
3.5.7
pcf2iegd -bin
Note:
This option is superseded by the -x option, which is the preferred method of generating
Linux configurations for the IEGD. This option is not fully supported at IEGD release 5.1
and is only provided for backward compatibility. It will be removed at a future release.
The -bin option generates the required configuration files for the Linux version of the
driver. The <config_id> is optional, and specifies which of the multiple configurations in
the PCF file to use. If not specified, the pcf2iegd tool will select the first configuration
in the PCF file. The <input file name> is the name of the PCF file. The output of the
utility must be redirected to an output file, <output file name>. This output is an
example of how to configure the blocks of the XF86Conf or Xorg_conf file for use of
IEGD in Linux. The –bin option also generates a binary EDID file that is used for the
configuration of the Linux driver. See Section 8.0, “Linux* Installation and
Configuration” on page 125 for more details on the configuration steps for Linux.
pcf2iegd -bin [<config_id>] <input file name> > <output file name>
3.6
Parameter Configuration Format
Only one PCF file is needed for VBIOS configuration, Microsoft Windows graphics driver
INF configuration, and Linux graphics driver EDID-less BIN file configuration. This
section describes the format and options for the PCF file.
Note:
The name of the PCF file you create must not exceed the DOS command line limit of 32
characters including the .pcf suffix. If it exceeds 32 characters, the pcf2iegd utility will
not process the file and it displays the following error message:
"Pcf2iegd: Error, no input file specified."
General format rules
1. Comments: Comments can be inserted anywhere in a PCF file.
— All characters following the '#' will then be ignored by the PCF parser.
2. Blocks: Syntax: [[block_name] [block_id]] { }.
— Blocks are denoted by open and close braces { }.
— Blocks may have an optional block_name.
— Block names may contain an optional block_id.
— Blocks may contain sub blocks.
— Blocks may contain assignments, comments, or blank lines.
block_name: Non-quoted ascii string
block_id: Integer
3. Assignments: Syntax: <name> = <value>
— Name: Non-quoted ascii string.
— Value: Integer or Quoted ascii string.
Table 9 describes the available settings. The gray rows in Table 9 are block headings,
and the non-gray rows that follow each heading are settings within that block. Some of
these block headings are contained within prior block headings. Figure 5 shows the
hierarchy of the block headings.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
27
Platform Configuration
Figure 5.
Hierarchy of PCF File Block Headings
{
Level 1:
configid config ID
Level 1:
pd {
port driver list
}
Level 1:
config 1 {
config settings
Level 2:
general { general config settings}
Level 2:
vbios { vbios settings }
Level 2:
port
x {
port settings
Level 3:
general { general port settings}
Level 3:
dvo { port dvo settings }
Level 3:
fpinfo { port flat panel settings }
Level 3:
dtd { port timing settings }
Level 3:
attr { device specific attributes}
}
port y . . .
port z . . .
}
config 2 . . .
...
config n . . .
}
Note:
There may be multiple config blocks within a PCF file and multiple port blocks within
each config block. The general, vbios, dvo, fpinfo, and dtd blocks should only occur
once in each of their corresponding config or port blocks. Also, all config blocks must be
within braces at the beginning and end of the PCF file.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
28
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
Table 9.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 1 of 8)
Name
pd
Range/Value
Description
List of port drivers used for the VBIOS.
For example:
sii164 = 1
ch7009 = 0
ns2501 = 0
etc...
(Note that this section does not configure
the port driver settings for the IEGD, only
the VBIOS)
configid
Integer (1-15)
This parameter enables port drivers for the
VBIOS. You can enable as many port drivers as
you want but there is a space limitation of 64K
available for port drivers. If you exceed this
amount of space, the VBIOS will fail to build.
You should only enable the port drivers that are
required.
1 to enable a driver.
0 to disable a driver
Note: You can select only one from the following
list of port drivers: CH7009, CH7017, FS454
Optional keyword used to specify which
configuration the pcf2iegd utility uses. The
config ID specified here must match one of the
configuration IDs defined within the .pcf file. If
this keyword is omitted and you use the -inf
option of the pcf2iegd utility, then all
configurations specified in the .pcf file are used.
Note that this keyword is not required for Linux
and vBIOS configurations since the config ID
can be specified as a command line argument to
the pcf2iedg utility. Refer to Section 3.5,
“pcf2iegd Usage” on page 25 for information on
using the pcf2iegd utility.
config
Integer (1-15)
More than one configuration is valid.
comment
A quoted string used to identify the origin of the
.bin or .inf file.
name
A quoted string used to identify the
configuration name.
Name is a required field for VBIOS
configuration.
Note: Position of this parameter in the PCF file
is critical and will cause errors in the
VBIOS settings if moved.
general
Settings that are generic to the configuration.
displayconfig
1
2
4
8
–
–
–
–
Single
Clone
Twin
Extended
Default: 8
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Used to configure initial state of attached
displays.
1 – Single. A single display.
2 – Clone. Primary and secondary displays
enabled and configured with separate timing
pipes. This allows different timings to be applied
to each display. Resolutions can be different on
both displays.
4 – Twin. Primary and secondary displays are
enabled, but with only a single pipe. Both
displays share the same resolutions and
timings.
8 – Extended. Configures separate pipes to
allow primary and secondary displays to have
different resolutions and display different
content. Upon first boot after the driver
installation, this option will only enable the
primary display, as the extended modes must
be enabled in the operating system (i.e.,
Extended Desktop in the Display Properties
sheet within Microsoft Windows).
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
29
Platform Configuration
Table 9.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 2 of 8)
Name
displaydetect
Range/Value
0 - Disable
1 - Enable
PortOrder must be specified as a quoted
string containing four digits. The valid
values are:
PortOrder
1 - Integrated TV Encoder (915GM only)
2 - DVO/sDVO B port
3 - DVO/sDVO C port (or DVO port on
815/E)
4 - Integrated LVDS port (852GME,
855GME, or 915GM only)
5 - Analog CRT port
Default: 0 for all keys
clonewidth
cloneheight
clonerefresh = 60
Typical sizes:
clonewidth – 800, cloneheight - 600
clonewidth – 1024, cloneheight - 768
clonewidth – 1280, cloneheight - 768
clonewidth – 1400, cloneheight – 1050
Typical refresh rates (expressed in Hz):
60Hz, 75Hz, 85Hz
Description
Enable or disable Display Detection. Note that
this parameter must be Enabled in order to use
COMMON_TO_PORT values.
Default is 0. Refer to Section 3.8, “Display
Detection and Initialization” on page 44 for
detailed information on this parameter.
Search order for detecting attached displays for
the Display Detection feature. When Display
Detection is enabled, the PortOrder determines
which display is primary and which display is
secondary.
The port search order can be specified to ensure
the port device (DVO device) is found, based on
the system integrator’s routing choices. Default
ordering is chosen by specifying zeros in the
PortOrder keys.
Default ordering is chipset specific; see
Table 33, “Default DVO Search Order” on
page 181.
Refer to Section 3.8, “Display Detection and
Initialization” on page 44 for more information
on using PortOrder in combination with the
Display Detect feature.
Width and height for a cloned display.
Refresh rate for a cloned display.
This parameter allows you disable Overlay
support, which is enabled by default.
OverlayOff
0 - Overlay on (default)
1 - Overlay off
Note: This parameter is only for Microsoft
Windows* and Microsoft Windows CE only. The
Linux* configuration for the XF86Conf provides
a standard option that performs the same
function.
No_DFB
0 - Off (Default)
1 - On
This parameter enables the IEGD to pass the
DIB call back to the OS. This is required in
certain circumstances to improve performance.
This block contains settings for the new Video
BIOS. Note that you only need to specify the
parameters you are actually using. You do not
need to specify all the parameters in this block.
If you omit any parameters, the vbios uses the
default values.
vbios
COMMON_TO_PORT
6 digit value
Maps the ports from the system BIOS to a port
number used by the graphics hardware. Refer to
Section 4.3.4, “Configuring the PCF File for the
Video BIOS” on page 63 for more information on
this parameter. Note that the displaydetect
parameter must be set to Enabled in order for
the COMMON_TO_PORT values to be used.
The default is all zeroes: 000000
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
30
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
Table 9.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 3 of 8)
Name
Range/Value
Description
Enables or disables the POST (Power On Self
Test) message. When you specify a value
greater than 0, the message is displayed for the
specified number of seconds. For example:
post_display_msg
0 - disable
greater than 0 - enable and display POST
message for the specified number of
seconds
post_display_msg = 5
This enables the POST message and displays it
for approximately 5 seconds. The maximum
value that can be entered here is 65535.
The default is 1, enable and display the POST
message for approximately 1 second.
oem_string
double-quoted string
This string appears on the display when the
post_display_msg is enabled and the VBIOS
starts up. The maximum string length is 100
characters.
The default is " " (two double quotes with a
single space in between).
oem_vendor
double-quoted string
This string appears on the display when the
post_display_msg is enabled and the VBIOS
starts up. The maximum string length is 80
characters.
The default is " " (two double quotes with a
single space in between).
oem_product_name
double-quoted string
This string appears on the display when the
post_display_msg is enabled and the VBIOS
starts up. The maximum string length is 80
characters.
The default is " " (two double quotes with a
single space in between).
oem_product_rev
double-quoted string
This string appears on the display when the
post_display_msg is enabled and the VBIOS
starts up. The maximum string length is 80
characters.
The default is " " (two double quotes with a
single space in between).
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
31
Platform Configuration
Table 9.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 4 of 8)
Name
Range/Value
Description
This parameter allows you to enable or disable
the five System BIOS 15h interrupt hooks. The
value must be 5 digits in length. Each digit is
associated with one of the five System BIOS
interrupt 15h hooks as shown below (left to
right)
1
2
3
4
5
int15
5 digits
-
5F31h,
5F33h,
5F35h,
5F36h,
5F38h,
POST Completion Notification Hook
Hook After Mode Set
Boot Display Device Hook
Boot TV Format Hook
Hook Before Set Mode
(Refer to Appendix D, “Intel 5F Extended
Interface Functions” for more information on 5F
functions.)
The value of each digit must be a 0 or a 1 as
follows:
0 - disable a System BIOS 15h hook
1 - enable a System BIOS 15h hook
For example,
int15 = 11001
Enables 5F31h, 5F33h, and 5F38h hooks only.
The 5F35h and 5F36h hooks are disabled.
The default is 11111, enable all five hooks.
default_refresh_0
default_refresh_1
Valid refresh rate in Hz.
(specified in decimal, e.g.,
default_refresh_0=60).
These settings allow you to specify which
refresh rate is used for certain VESA modes on
the primary and secondary displays. For
example, mode 0x117 specifies refresh rates of
60Hz, 75Hz, and 85Hz. This setting allows you
to specify which of those three rates to use.
The default is 60 for both parameters.
default_mode_0
default_mode_1
Valid VGA or VESA mode.
(e.g., default_mode_0 = 3)
These settings establish the default VGA or
VESA mode to use for the primary (0) and
secondary (1) displays. The values should be set
to a valid standard VGA or VESA mode (in
hexadecimal format, for example, 0x117). Note
that if you select a VGA mode, the secondary
display will automatically be set to this mode
since the VBIOS can only support one
simultaneous VGA mode. For a list of valid VGA
and VESA modes, refer to Table 13 on page 66
and Table 14 on page 67.
The default is mode 3 for both.
default_vga_height
Valid VGA height
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
32
This setting allows you to specify which
resolution is used for certain VGA modes. Since
only one VGA mode can be supported on both
displays, this setting applies to the primary
display mode (default_mode_0) only. For
example, mode 3 specifies three possible
resolutions: 640x200, 640x350, and 720x400.
In this example, setting
default_vga_height=350 indicates the
resolution 640x350.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
Table 9.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 5 of 8)
Name
port
Range/Value
Description
1 - Integrated TV Encoder (915GM only)
2 - DVO/sDVO B port
3 - DVO/sDVO C port (or DVO port on
815/E)
4 - Integrated LVDS port (852GME,
855GME, or 915GM only)
5 - Analog CRT port
name
Used to define port specific settings.
A quoted string used to identify the port.
general
Settings that are generic to the port.
Windows* Range:
0x0 or 0 – 0 degrees
0x5A or 90 – 90 degrees
0xB4 or 180 – 180 degrees
0x10E or 270 – 270 degrees
rotation
Linux Range:
0 – 0 degrees
90 – 90 degrees
180 – 180 degrees
270 – 270 degrees
Rotation of the display.
Default: 0
Windows:
0x0 or 0 – turn off horizontal flip
0x1 or 1 – turn on horizontal flip
Default: 0
flip
Flip of the display.
Linux Boolean:
on - horizontal flip
off - no horizontal flip
Default: off
edid
0 – Do not read EDID from panel/CRT
1 – Attempt to extract EDID timing data
from panel/CRT
Range [16 bits]
Valid values (specified in hex):
bit 0
-----------0 - Do not use driver built-in standard
timings
1 - Use driver built-in standard timings
edid_avail
edid_not_avail
bit 1 (not applicable to
edid_not_avail)
-----------0 - Do not use EDID block
1 - Use EDID block and filter modes
bit 2
-----------0 - Do not use user-defined DTDs
1 - Use user-defined DTDs
bit3 - bit15
-----------Reserved for future use.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
If VBIOS/Driver reads EDID from panel/CRT.
These two parameters are used to control the
available timings for any display. edid_avail is
used when EDID values are read from the
display. If an attempt to read EDID from the
display fails or the edid parameter is set to 0,
then the driver uses the edid_not_avail flags.
The value for both parameters must be specified
as a hex value.
Defaults:
edid_avail: 3 (hex). Bit 0 = 1, Bit 1 = 1, Bit 2
=0 (Use driver built-in standard timings and
EDID block and filter modes.)
edid_not_avail: 1 (hex). Bit 0 = 1, Bit 1 = 0,
Bit 2 = 0. (Use driver-built-in standard timings.)
Refer to Section 3.9, “Advanced EDID
Configuration” on page 46 for detailed
information.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
33
Platform Configuration
Table 9.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 6 of 8)
Name
multidvo
Range/Value
0 – Do not attempt to detect a second
decoder of same type
1 – After detect of a decoder, continue to
attempt detection of same type of
decoder until fail
Description
If VBIOS/Driver detects a second decoder of
same type.
This value is hard-coded to "1" for Windows
configuration and will ignore this setting.
dvo
DVO device information.
i2cpin
<0-6>
The GPIO pin pair used on the I2C bus to read
and write to DVO device registers.
For pin pair definitions, see Table 10, “I2C/DDC
Pin Pair Definitions for 8x Chipsets” on page 43.
<0-6>
The GPIO pin pair used as DDC bus to read
panel EDID data.
For pin pair definition, see Table 10, “I2C/DDC
Pin Pair Definitions for 8x Chipsets” on page 43.
i2cdab
<0x00-0xff>
I2C device address for reading and writing
device registers.
The device address should be in 8-bit format
with the 7-bit slave address assigned to its bits
7:1 and bit 0 set to 0.
ddcdab
<0x00-0xff>
I2C device address for reading EDID data from
display through the DDC bus.
ddcpin
i2cspeed
[10-400]. Units in KHz
Speed of I2C bus for DVO device.
ddcspeed
[10-400]. Units in KHz
Speed of I2C bus for EDID device.
Panel-specific information. Some DVO devices
require specific programming of a flat panel’s
width and height.
fpinfo
width
height
Typical values for Width and Height:
Width – 800, Height - 600
Width – 1024, Height - 768
Width – 1280, Height - 768
Width – 1400, Height – 1050
Default: 0 for all keys
Native Flat Panel Width and Height.
bkltmethod
Range [0-3]
0 – no backlight
1 – Port Driver
2 – GMCH
3 – ICH
Instructs which backlight method is required for
the panel attached to the given port.
If zero is supplied, or the key is not present,
then no backlight control is provided.
bkltt1
Time delay between VDD active, and DVO clock/
data active. Zero indicates no delay required.
bkltt2
Time delay between DVO clock/data active and
Backlight enable.
bkltt3
Range [0 -0xfff].
Units in ms
Time delay between Backlight disable and DVO
clock/data inactive.
bkltt4
Time delay between DVO clock/data inactive
and VDD inactive.
bkltt5
Minimum delay between VDD inactive, and
active.
gpiopinvee
Valid ICH GPIO pin, 0 indexed
GPIO connection for panel power.
gpiopinvdd
For example:
gpiopinvdd = 3
gpiopinvee = 5
gpiopinenable = 1
GPIO connection for backlight power on/off
sequencing signal.
gpiopinbklt
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
34
GPIO to enable backlight signal.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
Table 9.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 7 of 8)
Name
Range/Value
Description
UseGMCHClockPin
1 - Flat panel is connected to the clock pin
0 - Flat panel is not connected to the clock
pin
This entry is needed when GMCH is selected as
backlight control method.
UseGMCHDataPin
1 - Flat panel is connected to the data pin
0 - Flat panel is not connected to the data
pin
This entry is needed when GMCH is selected as
backlight control method.
Denotes a Detailed Timing Descriptor (DTD)
block. Settings in this section, except for the
flags parameter, correspond to the Detailed
Timing Block described in the VESA standard
"Extended Display Identification Data
Standard", Version 3, November 13, 1997.
dtd
p_clock
Range [0-0x7fffffff]
Pixel clock value in KHz.
h_active
Range 0-4096 [12 bits]
Horizontal Active.
v_active
Range 0-4096 [12 bits]
Vertical Active.
h_sync
Range 0-1024 [10 bits]
Horizontal Sync Offset.
v_sync
Range 0-64 [6 bits]
Vertical Sync Offset.
h_syncp
Range 0-1024 [10 bits]
Horizontal Sync Pulse Offset.
v_syncp
Range 0-64 [6 bits]
Vertical Sync Pulse Width.
h_blank
Range 0-4096 [12 bits]
Horizontal Blanking.
v_blank
Range 0-4096 [12 bits]
Vertical Blanking.
h_border
Range 0-256 [8 bits]
Horizontal Border. Currently not supported.
v_border
Range 0-256 [8 bits]
Vertical Border. Currently not supported.
h_size
Range 0-4096 [12 bits]
Horizontal Size. Currently not supported.
v_size
Range0-4096 [12 bits]
Vertical size. Currently not supported.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
35
Platform Configuration
Table 9.
Parameter Configuration Format (Sheet 8 of 8)
Name
Range/Value
Description
Range [32 bits]
Valid values:
bit 31
-----------0 - Non-interlaced
1 - Interlaced
bit 27
-----------0 - vertical sync polarity active low
1 - vertical sync polarity active high
flags
bit 26
-----------0 - horizontal sync polarity active low
1 - horizontal sync polarity active high
bit 25
-----------0 - blank sync polarity active high
1 - blank sync polarity active low
Interlace, Horizontal polarity, Vertical polarity,
Sync Configuration, etc. Note that these flags
are IEGD specific and do not correspond to
VESA 3.0 flags. For example, to set Interlaced
with Horizontal Sync Polarity high (bits 31 and
26), then the flags value = 0x84000000.
(Binary =
10000100000000000000000000000000)
bit 17
-----------0 - Normal DTD
1 - Panel/display Native DTD
All other bits
----------------Do not use any other bits; all other bits
must be set to 0.
attr
0-0xFFFF
Attribute values that are specific to the DVO
device for the port. See Appendix C, “Port Driver
Attributes” for specific attribute IDs and
associated values.
id = <value>.
id <Attribute ID>
0 - 232
Both the Attribute ID and its value should be
specified in decimal. For example, to set
brightness to 50, you specify
id 0 = 50
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
36
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
3.7
Sample PCF File
Below is a sample PCF file.
#Sample PCF File
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------# Do not Edit lines beginning with [
{
# ----------------------------------------# Maximum of 2 port drivers may be selected
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
# ----------------------------------------pd {
sii164 = 1
ch7017 = 1
}
config 1 {
general {
portorder = "3500"
legacy 5f
# Setup the 64MB memory-usage display
displayconfig = 4
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
displaydetect = 1
}
vbios {
# This is a mapping from common name (and names used in some
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
number.
functions) to IGD port numbers
It should be configured based on the hardware platform.
5f Names (Per Spec)
0 : CRT
1 : TV1
2 : Flat Panel (DVI)
3 : Local Flat Panel
4 : TV2
5 : Flat Panel 2 (DVI)
The array index is the 5f bit number. The value is the IGD port
COMMON_TO_PORT=503000
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
post_display_msg=1
oem_string="Intel(r) Graphics Chip Embedded VGA BIOS"
oem_vendor_name=" "
oem_product_name="IEGD"
oem_product_rev="5.1"
#vBIOS supports max of 2 displays. That means either 2 displays on
one
#pipe or two pipes each with one display.
default_refresh_0=47
default_refresh_1=47
default_mode_0=3
default_mode_1=3
}
port 3 {
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
default_vga_height=400
name = "DVO-C"
general {
rotation = 0
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
edid = 1
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
edid_avail = 0x3
# Flags when EDID is available
edid_not_avail = 0x1 # Flags when EDID is not available
multidvo = 0
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
37
Platform Configuration
}
dvo {
}
dtd 1 {
}
attr {
}
port 5 {
}
ddcpin = 4
ddcspeed = 100
i2cpin = 4
i2cspeed = 100
p_clock = 30000
h_active = 800
h_sync = 32
h_syncp = 120
h_border = 0
h_blank = 224
v_active = 600
v_sync = 3
v_syncp = 2
v_border = 0
v_blank = 24
h_size = 0
v_size = 0
flags
= 0x18
id 9
=1
name = "Analog"
general {
rotation = 0
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
edid = 1
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
multidvo = 0
}
}
}
config 2 {
name = "VGA"
general {
portorder = "3500"
#
# Setup the 64MB memory-usage display
displayconfig = 4
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
displaydetect = 1
}
vbios {
# This is a mapping from common name (and names used in some
legacy 5f
# functions) to IGD port numbers
# It should be configured based on the hardware platform.
#
# 5f Names (Per Spec)
# 0 : CRT
# 1 : TV1
# 2 : Flat Panel (DVI)
# 3 : Local Flat Panel
# 4 : TV2
# 5 : Flat Panel 2 (DVI)
#
# The array index is the 5f bit number. The value is the IGD port
number.
COMMON_TO_PORT=503000
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
post_display_msg=1
oem_string="Intel(r) Graphics Chip Embedded VGA BIOS"
oem_vendor_name=" "
oem_product_name="IEGD"
oem_product_rev="5.1"
#vBIOS supports max of 2 displays. That means either 2 displays on
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
38
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
one
#pipe or two pipes each with one display.
default_refresh_0=60
default_refresh_1=60
default_mode_0=3
default_mode_1=3
}
port 3 {
}
port 5 {
}
default_vga_height=350
name = "DVO-C"
general {
rotation = 0
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
edid = 1
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
edid_avail = 0x3
# Flags when EDID is available
edid_not_avail = 0x1 # Flags when EDID is not available
multidvo = 0
}
dvo {
ddcpin = 4
ddcspeed = 100
i2cpin = 4
i2cspeed = 100
}
dtd 1 {
p_clock = 25000
h_active = 640
h_sync = 8
h_syncp = 128
h_border = 0
h_blank = 160
v_active = 480
v_sync = 10
v_syncp = 2
v_border = 0
v_blank = 45
h_size = 0
v_size = 0
flags
= 0x18
}
attr {
id 9
=1
}
name = "Analog"
general {
rotation = 0
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
edid = 1
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
multidvo = 0
}
}
config 3 {
general {
portorder = "3500"
legacy 5f
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
# Setup the 64MB memory-usage display
displayconfig = 4
displaydetect = 1
}
vbios {
# This is a mapping from common name (and names used in some
# functions) to IGD port numbers
# It should be configured based on the hardware platform.
#
# 5f Names (Per Spec)
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
39
Platform Configuration
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
number.
0
1
2
3
4
5
:
:
:
:
:
:
CRT
TV1
Flat Panel (DVI)
Local Flat Panel
TV2
Flat Panel 2 (DVI)
The array index is the 5f bit number. The value is the IGD port
COMMON_TO_PORT=503000
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
post_display_msg=1
oem_string="Intel(r) Graphics Chip Embedded VGA BIOS"
oem_vendor_name=" "
oem_product_name="IEGD"
oem_product_rev="5.1"
#vBIOS supports max of 2 displays. That means either 2 displays on
one
#pipe or two pipes each with one display.
default_refresh_0=47
default_refresh_1=47
default_mode_0=3
default_mode_1=3
}
port 3 {
}
port 5 {
default_vga_height=400
name = "DVO-C"
general {
rotation = 0
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
edid = 1
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
edid_avail = 0x3
# Flags when EDID is available
edid_not_avail = 0x1 # Flags when EDID is not available
multidvo = 0
}
dvo {
ddcpin = 4
ddcspeed = 100
i2cpin = 4
i2cspeed = 100
}
dtd 1 {
p_clock = 30000
h_active = 800
h_sync = 32
h_syncp = 120
h_border = 0
h_blank = 224
v_active = 600
v_sync = 3
v_syncp = 2
v_border = 0
v_blank = 24
h_size = 0
v_size = 0
flags
= 0x18
}
attr {
id 9
=1
}
name = "Analog"
general {
rotation = 0
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
edid = 1
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
40
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
}
multidvo = 0
}
}
config 4 {
general {
portorder = "3500"
# Setup the 64MB memory-usage display
legacy 5f
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
displaydetect = 1
}
vbios {
# This is a mapping from common name (and names used in some
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
number.
functions) to IGD port numbers
It should be configured based on the hardware platform.
5f Names (Per Spec)
0 : CRT
1 : TV1
2 : Flat Panel (DVI)
3 : Local Flat Panel
4 : TV2
5 : Flat Panel 2 (DVI)
The array index is the 5f bit number. The value is the IGD port
COMMON_TO_PORT=503000
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
post_display_msg=1
oem_string="Intel(r) Graphics Chip Embedded VGA BIOS"
oem_vendor_name=" "
oem_product_name="IEGD"
oem_product_rev="5.1"
#vBIOS supports max of 2 displays. That means either 2 displays on
one
#pipe or two pipes each with one display.
default_refresh_0=60
default_refresh_1=60
default_mode_0=3
default_mode_1=3
}
port 3 {
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
default_vga_height=400
name = "DVO-C"
general {
rotation = 0
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
edid = 1
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
edid_avail = 0x3
# Flags when EDID is available
edid_not_avail = 0x1 # Flags when EDID is not available
multidvo = 0
}
dvo {
ddcpin = 4
ddcspeed = 100
i2cpin = 4
i2cspeed = 100
}
dtd 1 {
p_clock = 33550
h_active = 852
h_sync = 31
h_syncp = 6
h_border = 1
h_blank = 180
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
41
Platform Configuration
}
attr {
}
port 5 {
}
}
}
}
v_active = 480
v_sync = 18
v_syncp = 1
v_border = 0
v_blank = 585
h_size = 0
v_size = 0
flags
= 0x1E
id 9
=1
name = "Analog"
general {
rotation = 0
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
edid = 1
# 1 to enable, 0 to disable
multidvo = 0
}
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
42
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
Table 10.
Pair
#
Signal
Name
I2C/DDC Pin Pair Definitions for 8x Chipsets
Signal
Description
Notes
815/E
Pin Names
845GV
Pin Names
852GME
855GME
Pin Names
DDCA
CRT DDC for
Analog monitor
(CRT) connection.
This cannot be shared with
other DDC or I2C pairs due to
legacy monitor issues.
DDCK
DDDA
LCLKCTL
SCC Chip - For
control of SSC
clock generator
devices down on
motherboard.
If SSC is not supported then
can be used for DVOB or
DVOC GMBUS.
LTVCK
LTVDA
2
DDCP
Panel DDC for
Digital Display
connection via the
integrated LVDS
display port for
support for EDID
panel.
If EDID panels are not
supported. Can optionally use
as GMBUS for DVOB or DVOC.
3
MDVI
DVI 1 DDC GMBUS control of
DVI devices (TMDS
or TV encoder)
Can optionally use as GMBUS
for DVOB or DVOC.
MDVI_CLK
MDVI_DATA
MDVICLK
MDVIDATA
4
MI2C
DVO I2C - GMBUS
control of DVI
devices (TMDS or
TV encoder)
Can optionally use as GMBUS
for DVOB or DVOC.
MI2C_CLK
MI2C_DATA
MI2CCLK
MI2CDATA
5
MDDC
DVI 2 DDC - DDC
for Digital Display
connection via
TMDS device
Can optionally use as GMBUS
for DVOB or DVOC.
MDDC_CLK
MDDC_DATA
MDDCCLK
MDDCDATA
6
EXTTS
External Thermal
Sensor Input
0
1
Note:
DDCA_CLK
DDCA_DATA
DDCACLK
DDCADATA
LCLKCTLA
LCLKCTRLB
DDCPCLK
DDCPDATA
EXTTS_0
Do not attempt to change pin pair settings for the Intel® 915GV, Intel® 915GM,
Intel® 945G, and Intel® 945GM chipsets. If you change the I2C and DDC pins on
these chipsets, they will be ignored by IEGD and it will use the default values.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
43
Platform Configuration
3.8
Display Detection and Initialization
The Display Detection and Initialization feature, when enabled, automatically detects
displays and allocates ports without the need to change any configuration files. This
feature is off by default and can be enabled either through the .pcf file or by directly
editing the ssigd.inf file for Microsoft Windows or the XF86.conf/Xorg.conf file for
Linux.
To enable the feature in the .pcf file, set the DisplayDetect parameter to 1 in the
general section of the config block. Refer to Section 3.6, “Parameter Configuration
Format” on page 27 for more information.
Alternatively, you can enable the feature in Microsoft Windows by entering the following
line in the [ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings] section of the ssigd.inf file:
HKR, Config\<ConfigID>\General, DisplayDetect, %REG_DWORD%, 1
where <ConfigID> is the configuration ID (without the angle brackets).
To enable the feature in Linux, enter the following line Option setting in the XF86.conf
or Xorg.conf file:
Option "DisplayDetect" "1"
When the display detection feature is enabled, ports are allocated only when the
display satisfies the following conditions:
1. The port is not in use (that is, it is not already allocated)
2. The display is detected by the port driver.
The first port that passes these conditions is allocated. If condition 2 fails for all ports,
then the first port in the PortOrder setting that passes condition 1 is allocated. If the
port is not detectable (specifically the internal LVDS or external LVDS using CH7017),
the driver assumes the display is connected. Condition number 2. always passes for
these displays.
When this feature is disabled, display allocation is done based on PortOrder and no
display detection is performed.
3.8.1
Display Detect Operation
This section describes the logic of the Display Detection feature and provides several
examples.
1. If Display Detect is disabled in the .pcf file, the driver uses the first two ports
identified in the PortOrder.
2. If Display Detect is enabled and you are using the 5.1 version of the VBIOS, the
VBIOS performs the display detection. The driver then checks to see if the VBIOS
returns the display allocations and if it does, the driver does not re-execute the
display detection steps.
If you are using the Legacy VBIOS, then the driver performs display discovery as
described in the following steps.
3. The number of displays to be detected is based on the DisplayConfig settings in
the .pcf configuration file. If this is set to Single, then only one display is detected.
If it is set to any other value, a maximum of two displays will be detected.
4. The IEGD goes through each port in the PortOrder settings and attempts to detect
a display using the following algorithm:
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
44
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
a.
If a display is detected, it is based on the PortOrder sequence. Display allocation
of the port is performed once the display has been detected. For example:
PortOrder = "5324" (CRT, DVOC, DVOB, LVDS)
Displays Connected = DVOB, CRT
Primary display allocation: searches for a display connected according to the
PortOrder sequence. The first detected display is a CRT, so the Primary display
is CRT.
Secondary display allocation: Searches for a display connected according to
the PortOrder sequence. The first detected and non-allocated display is DVOB,
so the Secondary display is DVOB.
b.
If no display is detected on any of the ports, then the driver enables the first
available port in the PortOrder. For example:
PortOrder = "5320" (CRT, DVOC, DVOB)
Displays Connected = None
Primary display allocation: Searches for the display connected according to
the PortOrder sequence. Since no display is detected, the display allocation is
done based on PortOrder. Consequently, the Primary display is set to CRT.
Secondary display allocation: Searches for a display connected according to
the PortOrder sequence. Since no display is detected, display allocation is
performed based on the PortOrder. The Secondary display is set to DVOC.
c.
The driver cannot detect the presence of a display connected to the Internal
LVDS and external LVDS displays connected to some DVO devices (for example,
an LVDS connected to the CH7017). Consequently, the driver assumes that an
LVDS display is connected if it is in the PortOrder. If you only want to use the
internal LVDS when no CRT and DVO devices are connected, then put LVDS in
the PortOrder after them. For example:
PortOrder = "5324" (CRT, DVOC, DVOB, LVDS)
Display Connected = None
Primary display allocation: Searches for a display connected according to
PortOrder sequence. Since no display is connected and since LVDS is specified
in the PortOrder, the driver assumes that an LVDS display is connected.
Consequently, the Primary display is set to LVDS.
Secondary display allocation: Searches for a connected display according to
the PortOrder. Since no display is connected, the display allocation is performed
based on the PortOrder. In this case, the Secondary display = CRT.
d.
Since the driver cannot detect the presence of a display connected to the
Internal LVDS and certain external LVDS displays, it therefore always assumes
that they are connected if they are listed in the PortOrder. Be careful not to set
the PortOrder that prevents the driver from detecting a connected display. For
example:
PortOrder = "5432" (CRT, LVDS DVOC, DVOB)
Displays Connected = CRT, DVOC
Primary display allocation: Searches for a connected display according to the
PortOrder. In this case, the Primary display is set to CRT.
Secondary display allocation: Searches for a connected display according to
the PortOrder. Even though DVOC is connected, the driver assumes that the
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
45
Platform Configuration
internal LVDS is also connected. Consequently, the driver never detects the
display connected to the DVOC port. To change this, move DVOC before LVDS in
the PortOrder ("5342" rather than "5432").
3.8.2
Detectable Displays
Table 11 provides a list of displays that are detectable by the IEGD.
Table 11.
Detectable Displays
Transmitter
3.9
Display Type
GMCH Analog CRT
VGA
GMCH Integrated LVDS
LVDS
Detectable by IEGD?
Yes
No
N/A
GMCH Integrated TV Out
TV Out
CH7009
DVI
Yes
CH7009
TV Out
Yes
(Note: TV out not supported in IEGD.)
CH7017
LVDS
No
CH7017
TV Out
Yes
CH7307
DVI
Yes
CH7308
LVDS
No
SiI164
DVI
Yes
Sil1362
DVI
Yes
Sil1364
DVI
Yes
TFP410
DVI
Yes
TH164
DVI
Yes
NS2501
LVDS
Yes
NS387R
LVDS
Yes
FS454
TV Out
Yes
Advanced EDID Configuration
The edid_avail and edid_not_avail PCF parameters control the available timings for
any display. The edid_avail parameter is used when EDID information is read from
the display. If the driver is unable to read EDID information from the display or if the
edid parameter in the .pcf file is set to "0" (disable), then the settings of the
edid_not_avail parameter are used.
The default behavior of edid_avail is to use the driver’s built-in standard timings and
EDID block and filter modes. The default for edid_not_avail is to use the driver’s
built-in standard timings. Refer to Table 9 for more information on these parameters.
The IEGD supports three different types of EDID display modes:
1. Built-in display modes. These modes are hard-coded in the IEGD. These modes
can be filtered based on the EDID block.
2. EDID-DTDs: These are Detailed Timing Descriptors read from the EDID block.
EDID can have these DTDs along with other information about the display.
3. User-specified DTDs defined in the PCF file.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
46
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
The Advanced EDID Configuration supports different possible combinations of display
modes when an EDID display is present along with user-specified DTDs in the .pcf file.
3.9.1
Sample Advanced EDID Configurations
Table 12 presents various EDID configurations and the EDID settings in the .pcf file
used for those configurations.
Table 12.
Sample Advanced EDID Configurations
Configurations
1. Use only filtered built-in and any EDID-DTDs
when the display has EDID information
2. Use all built-in modes when the display
doesn’t contain EDID information
1. Use only filtered built-in modes and EDIDDTDs when the display has EDID.
2. Use only user-DTDs otherwise.
1. Use only user-DTDs regardless of connected
display. (Typically used for a custom panel that
only supports user-defined DTDs.)
2. Use limited set of timings when a panel EDID
is present, but the IEGD cannot read the EDID
information.
1. Use EDID-DTDs for an EDID display.
2. Use user-DTDs for a non-EDID display.
1. Use only EDID-DTDs and user-DTDs for an
EDID display.
2. Use user-DTDs only for a non-EDID display.
3.10
PCF Parameter
Settings
edid = 1
edid_avail = 3
edid_not_avail = 1
edid = 1
edid_avail = 3
edid_not_avail = 4
edid = 0
edid_avail = (any value)
edid_not_avail = 4
edid = 1
edid_avail = 2
edid_not_avail = 4
edid = 1
edid_avail = 5
edid_not_avail = 4
Description
Default values.
This configuration allows the
IEGD to use its built-in display
modes and the modes
provided by the display.
If the IEGD is unable to read
EDID information from the
display, then the IEGD uses
the user-DTDs defined in the
.pcf file.
Only user-DTDs defined in
the.pcf file are used.
This configuration uses the
EDID-DTDs when an EDID
display is detected and EDID
information is read from the
display.
If the driver detects a nonEDID display, then the IEGD
uses user-DTDs defined in .pcf
file.
This configuration uses both
EDID-DTDs and user-DTDs
when the IEGD detects an
EDID display.
If the driver detects a nonEDID display, then the IEGD
uses user-DTDs defined in .pcf
file.
External PCI Graphics Adaptor as Primary Device
The IEGD can be configured to work with an external PCI graphics adaptor card as the
primary graphics adaptor device with the Intel internal graphics device (GMCH) as the
secondary graphics device. You can configure your system to boot with a PCI graphics
adaptor in the System BIOS. When an external PCI graphics adaptor is designated as
the primary graphics adaptor, the Intel GMCH becomes the secondary graphics device.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
47
Platform Configuration
Note:
The term secondary adaptor refers to the adaptor that is not the boot-up, or VGACompatible, adaptor. The secondary adaptor is not necessarily the secondary display as
assigned by the OS.
You can configure an external PCI card to work with the IEGD as follows:
• The external PCI card as the primary graphics adaptor and the GMCH internal
graphics device as the secondary.
• The external PCI card as the secondary graphics adaptor and the GMCH internal
graphics device as the primary.
Note:
This feature is not supported on Microsoft Windows CE .NET nor Microsoft Windows NT
systems.
The IEGD allows you to specify which display is primary, secondary, and tertiary. It
allows Twin and Clone configurations on the internal graphics device when the external
PCI display is the primary graphics adaptor. It also allows Twin and Clone configurations
on the internal graphics device when the external PCI device is the secondary graphics
adaptor.
An external PCI graphics driver runs independently without sharing resources with the
IEGD.
The following figures show several configurations when an external PCI adaptor is the
primary graphics device and when it is the secondary graphics device.
Figure 6 shows an External PCI card as the primary graphics adaptor card and the IEGD
driver as the secondary. The drivers do not share hardware resources. The OS decides
the framebuffer content and handles that by drawing to the respective driver
independently.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
48
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
Figure 6.
External PCI Graphics Card as Primary Driver and IEGD as Secondary Driver
Figure 7 shows the interaction between the IEGD driver and the External VGA driver
when the IEGD is booted as the primary driver. Again, the drivers do not share
hardware resources. The OS decides the framebuffer content and handles it by drawing
to the respective driver independently.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
49
Platform Configuration
Figure 7.
IEGD as Primary Driver and External PCI Graphics Card as Secondary Driver
Figure 8 shows a sample configuration where the internal graphics device is primary
and configured to use two ports to drive two displays while an external PCI graphics
adaptor is used to drive a tertiary display. Note that regardless of the number of ports
being assigned to a driver, the external PCI graphics run independently without sharing
resources with the IEGD driver.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
50
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
Figure 8.
IEGD as Primary Driver With Two Displays and External PCI Driving a Tertiary
Display
3.11
Enhanced Clone Mode Support
The Enhanced Clone Mode feature allows you to specify a clone display size that is
different from the primary display. It also allows you to change the clone display size at
runtime using the IEGD Runtime GUI (see Section 6.6, “Viewing and Changing the
Driver Configuration From Microsoft Windows*” on page 95 or Section 8.5, “Run Time
Operation” on page 144 for Linux systems.
In clone mode, the framebuffer is always allocated to match primary display size. On
the clone display (secondary display) the image is centered if the display is bigger than
the framebuffer. Centering is done only if the requested resolution and refresh rate is
not available for the clone display.
Figure 9 shows samples of when the display size of the clone display is different from
the framebuffer size.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
51
Platform Configuration
Figure 9.
Extended Clone Mode Displays
Extended clone mode is implemented through the use of three new PCF parameters:
• clonewidth — allows you to specify a width for the clone display
• cloneheight — allows you to specify a height for the clone display
• clonerefresh — allows you to specify a refresh rate for the clone display
3.11.1
Sample Extended Clone Mode PCF File
The following sample PCF file illustrates several example PCF configurations using
Extended Clone Mode.
# PCF file for enhanced clone mode with
# following combinations:
#
1. CRT + TV
#
2. CRT + integrated LVDS
#
3. CRT + Fixed size DVI display
#
4. CRT + external fixed size LVDS display
#
5. CRT + external fixed size LVDS display connected to scalable encoder.
#
6. CRT + Fixed size DVI display with rotation on
#
{
config 1 {
#
# 855 + CH7009 + CRT + TV
# Choose a CRT that supports bigger than 1024x768 resolution.
# 1. Set 800x600 on CRT and check 800x600 image appeared
#
at top,left corner on TV.
# 2. Set 1280x1024 on CRT and check TV display is panning.
#
Check the clone mouse pointer is in sync with primary display
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
52
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
#
mouse pointer.
#
name = "Enhanced clone mode -- 1 CRT+TV"
general {
displayconfig = 2
portorder = "5340"
clonewidth = 1024
cloneheight = 768
clonerefresh = 60
portdrivers = "ch7009"
}
port 3 {
attr {
}
}
}
id 9 = 2
config 2 {
#
# 855 + IntLVDS + CRT + LVDS
# Choose a CRT that supports bigger than 1024x768 resolution.
# 1. Set 800x600 on CRT and check 800x600 image appeared
#
at top,left corner on LVDS. Or Image should be scaled to
#
match the panel size based on panel used.
# 2. Set 1280x1024 on CRT and check LVDS display is panning.
#
Check the clone mouse pointer is in sync with primary display
#
mouse pointer.
#
name = "Enhanced clone mode -- 2 CRT+LVDS"
general {
displayconfig = 2
portorder = "5430"
clonewidth = 1024
cloneheight = 768
clonerefresh = 60
portdrivers = "lvds"
}
port 4 {
fpinfo {
width = 1024
height = 768
}
}
}
config 3 {
#
# 915GV + CH7307 + CRT + DVI
# Choose a CRT that supports bigger than 1024x768 resolution.
# 1. Set 800x600 on CRT and check 800x600 image appeared
#
at top,left corner on DVI panel. Or Image should be scaled to
#
match the panel size based on DVI panel used.
# 2. Set 1280x1024 on CRT and check DVI display is panning mode.
#
Check the clone mouse pointer is in sync with primary display
#
mouse pointer.
#
name = "Enhanced clone mode -- 3 CRT+DVI"
general {
displayconfig = 2
portorder = "5240"
clonewidth = 1024
cloneheight = 768
clonerefresh = 60
portdrivers = "sdvo"
}
}
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
# set FPINFO so that DVI modes are limited to that size.
port 3 {
fpinfo {
width = 1024
height = 768
}
}
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
53
Platform Configuration
config 4 {
#
# 855 + NS387 + CRT + LVDS
# Choose a CRT that supports bigger than 1024x768 resolution.
# 1. Set 800x600 on CRT and check 800x600 image appeared
#
at top,left corner on LVDS. Or Image should be scaled to
#
match the panel size based on LVDS panel used.
# 2. Set 1280x1024 on CRT and check LVDS display is panning mode.
#
Check the clone mouse pointer is in sync with primary display
#
mouse pointer.
#
name = "Enhanced clone mode -- 4 CRT+Ext.LVDS"
general {
displayconfig = 2
portorder = "5340"
clonewidth = 1024
cloneheight = 768
clonerefresh = 60
portdrivers = "ns387"
}
# set FPINFO so that external LVDS modes are limited to that size.
port 3 {
fpinfo {
width = 1024
height = 768
}
}
}
config 5 {
#
# 855 + NS2501 + CRT + LVDS
# Choose a CRT that supports bigger than 1024x768 resolution.
# 1. Set 800x600 on CRT and check 800x600 image appeared
#
at top,left corner on LVDS. Or Image should be scaled to
#
match the panel size based on LVDS panel used.
# 2. Set 1280x1024 on CRT and check LVDS display is panning mode.
#
Check the clone mouse pointer is in sync with primary display
#
mouse pointer.
#
name = "Enhanced clone mode -- 5 CRT+Ext.LVDS"
general {
displayconfig = 2
portorder = "5340"
clonewidth = 1024
cloneheight = 768
clonerefresh = 60
portdrivers = "ns2501"
}
# set FPINFO so that external LVDS modes are limited to that size.
port 3 {
fpinfo {
width = 1024
height = 768
}
}
}
config 6 {
#
# 855 + SII164 + CRT + DVI
# Choose a CRT that supports bigger than 1024x768 resolution.
# 1. Set 600x800 on CRT and check 600x800 image appeared
#
at top,left corner on DVI panel. Or Image should be scaled to
#
match the panel size based on DVI panel used.
# 2. Set 1024x1280 on CRT and check DVI display is panning mode.
#
Check the clone mouse pointer is in sync with primary display
#
mouse pointer.
#
name = "Enhanced clone mode -- 3 CRT+DVI"
general {
displayconfig = 2
portorder = "5340"
clonewidth = 1024
cloneheight = 768
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
54
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
}
clonerefresh = 60
portdrivers = "sii164"
# set FPINFO so that DVI modes are limited to that size.
port 5 {
general {
rotation = 90
}
}
}
3.12
}
port 3 {
general {
rotation = 90
}
fpinfo {
width = 1024
height = 768
}
}
Gang DVO for the NS387R Transmitter
This release supports Gang DVO configuration for the National Semiconductor* NS387R
transmitter. This feature allows a single display to receive data from two DVO ports
(DVO-B and DVO-C). All attributes, DVO parameters, and user-defined DTDs are taken
from the DVO-B port.
Gang Mode is supported on the following chipsets:
• Intel® 845GV
• Intel® 852GM
• Intel® 852GME
• Intel® 855GME
Gang mode can function in two modes on the Intel® 845GME chipset.
1. Normal mode. This mode uses the 2 ganged DVO ports to transfer one 24 bit pixel
per clock edge. The default is for DVOC to output the lower half of the pixel, while
DVOB outputs the upper half pixel.
2. Even/Odd mode: This mode puts a different pixel on each of the 12-bit ports. Even
pixels are output on DVOB and the odd pixels are output on DVOC. The first pixel of
each scan line is pixel 0, which is an even pixel and therefore transferred on the
DVOB port.
To allow the DVO encoder to run in either of these modes, the GANG MODE attribute
(ID number 28) must be set. The port driver attribute GANG MODE EVEN ODD (ID
number 29) and the port interface flag GANG MODE EVEN ODD must be set to run in
Even/Odd mode.
3.12.1
Sample Gang DVO PCF file
The following shows a sample configuration of the Gang DVO feature on an Intel®
845GME chipset.
#-------------------------------------------------# PCF file to test NS387 gang dvo operation on
# IDTech 910M-03 panel on i845 system.
# See individual attributes for more information.
#
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
55
Platform Configuration
# Note about ID Tech Panel:
# 1. This panel requires 2048x1536 mode with
#
refresh rate 49Hz so make sure to update
#
"VertRefresh" value in "Monitor" section of
#
XFree86Config file.
# 2. This panel also requires EVEN/ODD Gang Mode
#
so set attribute 29 to 1. Also note that
#
EVEN/ODD Gang mode is only available on
#
i845 platforms not on i85x.
#
Due to this there will be incorrect colors
#
on i85x platforms.
# 3. Set attribute 30 to 1. This is to get REVERSE
#
DATA ORDER on DVO port. Some how this panel
#
requires reverse data order.
#-------------------------------------------------{
#-----------------# Default config id 1 for 845 platform
#-----------------configid = 1
config 1 {
comment = "Intel(R) Embedded Graphics Driver PCF"
name = "NS387 Gang DVO file"
general {
portorder = "2350"
displayconfig = 1
}
port 2 {
# Currently, these are ignored by windows,
# always set as true
general {
edid = 0
edid_not_avail = 4
multidvo = 1
}
fpinfo {
# set the flatpanel info
# set based on the panel you are using....
width = 2048
height = 1536
bkltmethod = 0
bkltt1 = 0
bkltt2 = 0
bkltt3 = 0
bkltt4 = 0
bkltt5 = 0
gpiopinvee = 0xffffffff
gpiopinvdd = 0xffffffff
gpiopinbklt = 23
}
dtd 1 {
# In Khz, Frequency
# For Gang mode pixel clock should match for
# both DVO B and DVO C ports. That is if panel
# is requesting 82125KHz clock, it should be
# doubled to send half clock on each DVO port
p_clock = 164250
#Thd Active field in pixels
h_active = 2048
# Tfh HSync Front Porch
h_sync = 16
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
56
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
# Tha HSync Width
h_syncp = 16
#Just used in old panel spec
h_border = 0
# Thblk Horizontal Blanking
h_blank = 96
#m Active Field in pixels
v_active = 1536
# Tvf VSYNC Front Porch
v_sync = 17
# Tva VSYNC Width
v_syncp = 1
#Just used in old panel spec
v_border = 0
#TVblk Vertical Blanking
v_blank
= 19
h_size = 0
v_size = 0
# Both H&V Sync polarities are HIGH for
# IDTech 910M-03
# 234881024 = 0x0E000000 H&V SYNC HIGH,
# BLANK LOW
#flags = 234881024
}
attr {
}
3.13
}
}
}
flags = 201326592
# 201326592 = 0x0c000000
# Set this attribute to get Ganged DVO
# PD_ATTR_ID_GANG_MODE = 1 for Gang Mode
#
id 28 = 1
# Set this attribute to get EVEN/ODD Gang Mode
# This is only available on i845 chipsets.
# PD_ATTR_ID_GANG_MODE_EVEN_ODD = 1 or 0
#
# ID Tech panel requires EVEN/ODD mode.
#
id 29 = 1
# Set this attr to get reverse DVO data
# set this to 0 if you see incorrect colors
#
id 30 = 1
Scaling and Centering Configurations
This release supports the following scaling and centering configurations
• Upscaling for the Chrontel* CH7017/CH7308 LVDS Transmitters
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
57
Platform Configuration
• Internal LVDS Scaling With EDID Panels
• Alignment in Clone Mode
• DVO as Primary
3.13.1
Upscaling for the Chrontel* CH7017/CH7308 LVDS Transmitters
The IEGD has the capability of upscaling lower resolution modes smaller than the size
of a panel to the native size of the panel connected to a Chrontel* CH7017 or CH7308
LVDS transmitter.
The IEGD uses a user-supplied dtd with the native flag set (also known as native dtd)
as native timing for the panel connected to either a CH7017 or CH7308 transmitter.
If a native dtd is not supplied by the user, the IEGD takes the first available matching
FP info width and height timings as native timing for the panel if standard timings
were selected as part of edid_avail or edid_not_avail flags.
In order to support upscaling, the LVDS transmitters require the pipe to be set to native
timing of the panel regardless of the user selected resolution. It also requires finding
the native timing (also known as native DTD) of the panel based on user-supplied
configuration information.
Both the CH7017 and CH7308 (sdvo) port drivers make the list of supported modes
limited up to the size of panel. The port drivers also mark one of the timings as native
dtd as follows (It goes to next step only if native dtd isn't found in the current step.
1. It finds the timing with the user-defined dtd with the native dtd flag set. This
becomes the native dtd for the panel.
2. If the panel is an EDID panel and user selected to use EDID DTDs, then the port
driver marks the EDID DTD as native dtd.
3. If the user supplies a DTD without the native dtd flag set, then the port driver
marks this one as the native DTD.
4. If none of the above steps works, the port driver finds the first matching timing for
FP width, height and marks it as native DTD.
If none of the above steps work, then there is no native DTD and no upscaling is
performed.
3.13.2
Internal LVDS Scaling With EDID Panels
The Internal LVDS connected to an EDID Panel supports scaling of modes other than
native mode. To support this, the port driver exports information to the EDID parser
that it can scale. The EDID parser does not remove other modes (that is, non-native
modes) from the mode table. It only marks the native mode. When the IEGD queries
the port driver on which modes are supported, the port driver then removes any modes
that cannot be scaled (up or down depending on the port's hardware capability). When
mode-setting occurs, the second display in clone mode can indeed support non-native
modes even though the panel had EDID. This occurs only if a native mode can be found
the port driver can scale. Otherwise, the port driver ignores the scaling information and
the IEGD proceeds normally.
3.13.3
Alignment in Clone Mode
In Clone Mode, both can be configured with separate timings and different resolutions.
The content is the same on both displays. In the case where resolutions are different on
the cloned displays, the display identified as primary drives the display mode and
framebuffer size. There are 3 options for the cloned displays in this situation:
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
58
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Platform Configuration
• Panning: If the clone display is smaller than the primary display, the displayed
image can be off the screen with only the display showing a window into the overall
image. Panning allows movement of the window, which is viewing the image based
on the movements of the cursor.
• Centering: If the clone display is larger than the primary display mode, the display
image can be centered in the clone display. Black borders are displayed around the
image on the display.
• Scaling: This option adjusts the resolution of the image from the primary display
to fit the resolution of the clone display. This can be scaled up to a larger display
(upscaling), or scaled down to a smaller display (downscaling). This allows the full
image to be displayed within the full resolution of the clone display. However, if the
aspect ration of the clone display is different than the primary display, the image
appears distorted.
Scaling is not an option that is always available. It depends on the capability of the
port driver. If the port hardware can support scaling, then the port driver attempts
to scale the image. Also, some hardware can upscale but not downscale.
In situations where the cloned display cannot scale (for example, the NS387R
transmitter) and the Internal LVDS can scale but not center, scaling is not an option for
both displays. However, the port driver can attempt to center both displays in clone
mode.
With an integrated LVDS with EDID, which can scale, the EDID parser removes all
modes except the native one. This results in only one VESA mode being available
instead of centering or scaling the mode to fit the screen. The port driver then exports
information that says it can scale. The EDID parser gets that information but does not
mark modes as being unsupported. It only marks the native mode. The port driver then
removes any modes that cannot be scaled (up or down).
3.13.4
Centering With a DVO Display as Primary
In clone mode, the IEGD expects the Primary display to be set to the native size of the
display and the port timings to match the framebuffer dimensions. When a DVO display
is designated as the Primary display in a clone mode configuration and you want the
primary to be centered, this can cause a problem on certain transmitters, such as the
NS387R transmitter, which cannot do centering.
The IEGD allows centering of 640x480, 800x600, and 1024x768 resolutions when
possible. This may do top left on some displays and may center on others. It may also
produce unusable output on some displays (such as a TV). This requires a "common
modes" list in the match mode that contains these modes and they would match when
nothing else matched.
For the case of port drivers that can scale, a new Scale attribute has been added to all
port drivers that can scale that allows you to disable auto-scale and ensure centering
takes over when necessary. This attribute is '1' or "ON" by default in which case the
port driver will scale the requested mode (any mode smaller than the native panel size)
to the panel size.
This attribute can be set to '0' or 'OFF' in the pcf file to ensure that only the native
panel size mode is supported, but centering in it is allowed.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
59
Platform Configuration
This page is intentionally left blank.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
60
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
VBIOS
4.0
VBIOS
4.1
Overview
The Intel Embedded Video BIOS at Version 5.1 incorporates many of the features and
capabilities of the Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers. The legacy VBIOS is still
supported and is discussed in Chapter 5.0, “Legacy VBIOS.” The 5.1 version of the
VBIOS includes the following new features:
• Support of additional DVO transmitters
• A simplified User Build System (UBS)
• Expanded support for dual display configurations and display detection
4.2
System Requirements
The new Video BIOS can be built on a host Microsoft Windows* system and moved to
the target system. The host system must have a 32-bit Microsoft Windows operating
system installed with the capability to execute DOS commands from a command line
window.
The target system must contain one of the following Intel chipsets:
• Intel® 945G chipset
• Intel® 945GM chipset
• Intel® 915GV chipset
• Intel® 915GM chipset
• Intel® 855GME chipset
• Intel® 852GM chipset
• Intel® 852GME chipset
• Intel® 845GV chipset
The target system must contain a minimum of 64MB of RAM.
4.3
Building the VBIOS with the User Build System (UBS)
The Intel® Embedded VBIOS must be built using command line utilities. The VBIOS is
built based on settings in the .pcf file (see Section 3.6, “Parameter Configuration
Format” on page 27). This system of configuration files and command line utilities is
called the User Build System (UBS).
Version 5.1 of the IEGD contain default builds of the TSR and Option ROM for the Intel®
845GV, Intel® 852GM, Intel® 855GME, Intel® 915GV, Intel® 915GME, Intel® 945G, and
Intel® 945GM chipsets. The filenames are TSR-def.exe and vga-def.bin.
The following sections describe how to build a VBIOS using UBS.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
61
VBIOS
4.3.1
Unzipping the VBIOS Zip File
The VBIOS installation is a standard zipped file that should be uncompressed in a folder
on the host platform on which you build the VBIOS. When you unzip the VBIOS file,
note the following:
• The DOS* executable files used to build the VBIOS may not run properly if the
package is extracted in a location with a long directory path. To ensure proper
operation, it is advised that the files be placed as close to the root directory of your
drive as possible.
• The execution of the UBS utilities require relative locations of the subdirectories. Do
not alter the location or names of the subdirectories once the installation file is
unzipped.
• In order to build the Option ROM or TSR file, the files in the ...\driver\845 or
...\driver folder must not be set to read-only. If any of the files involved in the
build process are set to read-only, the VBIOS build process fails.
4.3.2
Prerequisites
Before building your VBIOS, you must set up your DOS environment with two items.
1. Install the Open Watcom* C/C++ compiler.
The User Build System for the VBIOS relies on the Open Watcom C/C++ compiler
to be able to build a 16-bit DOS binary required for the BIOS. The VBIOS has been
tested with version 1.2 of the Open Watcom compiler. This can be downloaded from
the following location:
http://www.openwatcom.com
2. Set up directory paths.
You must set up the PATH environment variable in DOS to be able to execute the
Watcom compiler.
4.3.3
Selecting the Build Folder
The 5.1 Version of the VBIOS contains specific folders used for creating a VBIOS that is
either an option ROM (OROM) that can be merged with the system BIOS, or an
executable Terminate and Stay Resident (TSR) program for debugging purposes. There
are also separate directories for the different chipsets that are supported. Depending
on which chipset you are using, and whether or not you want an OROM or a TSR, open
a DOS command window and move to the appropriate directory. You will execute the
build commands in a DOS command window from the selected folder. For example, if
you are creating a OROM for a platform with an Intel® 855GME chipset, you would build
the VBIOS from the Driver\855\orom directory. For building the VBIOS for Intel®
852GME chipset, use the Driver\855 directories.
Figure 10 shows the directory structure for the Video BIOS.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
62
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
VBIOS
Figure 10.
Video BIOS Directory Structure
4.3.4
Configuring the PCF File for the Video BIOS
This release of the VBIOS now consolidates the configuration into the Parameter
Configuration Format file that is also used for configuration of the IEGD. You should
create your PCF file according to the instructions in Section 3.6, “Parameter
Configuration Format” on page 27.
The display settings will be used in the same manner they are used for the driver. In
addition, there is a new vbios block that is included in each config block of the PCF file
with some settings that are specific to the VBIOS. These new settings are described
below. Please refer to the sample.pcf file in the release package or Section 3.7,
“Sample PCF File” on page 37 as an example of these settings.
4.3.4.1
COMMON_TO_PORT
This setting allows you to associate standard display names used in most system BIOSs
to specific ports that are recognized by IEGD (e.g., LVDS, DVO-B, DVO-C). The VBIOS
makes this association when the VBIOS calls the System BIOS Intel® 5F interrupt
functions.
This setting is a six digit number, where each digit is associated with one of the system
BIOS displays (from left to right):
1 : CRT - Standard analog CRT
2 : TV1 - TV Output 1
3 : EFP1 - DVI Flat Panel 1
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
63
VBIOS
4 : LFP - Local Flat Panel (Internal LVDS display)
5 : TV2 - TV Output 2
6 : EFP2 - DVI Flat Panel 2
The values above are an example of the typical displays and corresponding order used
by a system BIOS. However, this may vary depending on how your system BIOS has
implemented the displays and the Intel 5F interrupt functions.
The value in each position in the setting should be the associated port number. Using
the typical settings above, if you want to associate CRT in the system BIOS with the
internal CRT (port 5) and LFP in the system BIOS with internal LVDS (port 4) in the
VBIOS, set COMMON_TO_PORT to be 500400.
Warning:
This feature must be compatible with the system BIOS. If the system BIOS does not
properly implement the Intel 5F functions, then using the COMMON_TO_PORT feature
could cause unpredictable results with the displays. If you are unsure, set
COMMON_TO_PORT to all zeros (000000) to disable this feature.
Note:
Note that the displaydetect parameter must be set to Enabled in order for the
COMMON_TO_PORT values to be used.
4.3.4.2
post_display_msg
This setting is a binary setting that enables (1) or disables (0) post messages to the
display.
4.3.4.3
OEM Vendor Strings
The following settings are string values that allow you to set the values that are
returned from the Intel 4F interrupt functions.
oem_string
oem_vendor_name
oem_product_name
oem_product_rev
4.3.4.4
Default Mode Settings
These settings establish the default VGA or VESA mode to use for the primary (0) and
secondary (1) displays. The values should be set to a valid standard VGA or VESA mode
(in hexadecimal format, for example, 0x117). Note that a VGA mode can only be set on
one display and a second display is disabled unless the DisplayConfig parameter is
set to twin or clone mode.
default_mode_0
default_mode_1
4.3.4.5
Default Refresh Settings
These settings allow you to specify which refresh rate is used for certain VESA modes
on the primary and secondary displays. For example, mode 0x117 specifies refresh
rates of 60Hz, 75Hz, and 85Hz. This setting allows use to specify which of those three
rates to use (specified in decimal, e.g., default_refresh_0=60).
default_refresh_0
default_refresh_1
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
64
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
VBIOS
4.3.4.6
default_vga_height
This setting allows you to specify which resolution is used for certain VGA modes. Since
only one VGA mode can be supported on both displays, this setting applies to the
primary display mode (default_mode_0). For example, mode 3 specifies three possible
resolutions: 640x200, 640x350, and 720x400. In this example, setting
default_vga_height=350 indicates the resolution 640x350.
4.3.5
Building the VBIOS
To build the VBIOS, in a DOS command window run the go.bat batch file from the
selected build folder (depending on chipset and if you are building the TSR or Option
ROM). The go.bat file takes two command line parameters: the name of the PCF
configuration file, and the default configuration ID. The configuration ID should match
one of the configuration blocks in the specified PCF file. The configuration ID is
optional, and if not specified the first configuration in the PCF file will be used as the
default. The command line syntax of the go.bat file is as follows:
go <pcf file name> <config ID>
Note:
In order to build the Option ROM or TSR file, the files in the ...\driver\845 or
...\driver\855 folder must not be set to read-only. If any of the files involved in the
build process are read-only, the build process fails.
If you are building a TSR, the resulting file will be TSR.exe. This program can then be
copied to the target machine. To run the TSR, boot the target machine with DOS, and
then run the TSR.exe from the DOS command line.
If you are building an Option ROM, the resulting file will be VGA.bin. The VGA.bin is the
binary option ROM that can be merged with your system BIOS per the instructions
provided by your system BIOS vendor.
4.4
VBIOS and Driver Compatibility
4.4.1
Data Dependencies Between VBIOS and Intel Graphics
Drivers
The Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers do not depend on any data from the VBIOS, and
will either use driver settings or select default values for the attached displays. This
allows the driver to properly operate with incompatible BIOS or BIOS replacements.
The Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers will retrieve settings, such as panel ID and other
display settings from the Embedded VBIOS. The Embedded VBIOS allows for
configuration of display timings that can also be used for the Intel Embedded Graphics
Drivers.
4.5
VESA and VGA Video Modes
The VBIOS supports many VESA and standard VGA modes. Table 13 lists the modes
and vertical refresh rates that are supported by the VBIOS.
Note:
Although IBM* labeled certain EGA modes with a (*) suffix and the VGA modes with a
(+) suffix (such as mode 3, 3* and 3+), the VGA modes are so common that this
document does not use the (+) suffix to refer to them.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
65
VBIOS
The actual availability of any particular mode depends on the capabilities of the display
device, the amount of memory installed, and other system parameters.
Table 13.
Video
Mode
00h
01h
02h
03h
04h
05h
06h
07h
Supported VGA Video Display Modes
Pixel
Resolution
Color Depth
(bpp)
Mode
Type
Display
Adapter
Font
Size
Character
Resolution
Dot
Clock
(MHz)
Horiz.
Freq.
(KHz)
Vert
Freq
(Hz)
Video
Memory
(KBytes)
320 x 200
16 (gray)
(4 bpp)
Text
CGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 350
16 (gray)
(4 bpp)
EGA
8 x 14
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
360 x 400
16
(4 bpp)
VGA
9 x 16
40 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
16
(4 bpp)
CGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 350
16
(4 bpp)
EGA
8 x 14
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
360 x 400
16
(4 bpp)
VGA
9 x 16
40 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
640 x 200
16 (gray)
(4 bpp)
CGA
8x8
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
640 x 350
16 (gray)
(4 bpp)
EGA
8 x 14
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
720 x 400
16
(4 bpp)
VGA
9 x 16
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
640 x 200
16
(4 bpp)
CGA
8x8
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
640 x 350
16
(4 bpp)
EGA
8 x 14
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
720 x 400
16
(4 bpp)
VGA
9 x 16
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
4
Graph
All
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
4 (gray)
Graph
CGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
4 (gray)
EGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
4
VGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
640 x 200
2
Graph
All
8x8
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
720 x 350
Mono
Text
MDA
9 x 14
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
720 x 350
Mono
EGA
9 x 14
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
720 x 400
Mono
VGA
9 x 16
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
Text
Text
Text
08h-0Ch
Reserved
-
0Dh
320 x 200
16
(4 bpp)
Graph
E/VGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
0Eh
640 x 200
16
(4 bpp)
Graph
E/VGA
8x8
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
0Fh
640 x 350
Mono
Graph
E/VGA
8 x 14
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
10h
640 x 350
16
(4 bpp)
Graph
E/VGA
8 x 14
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
11h
640 x 480
2
(4 bpp)
Graph
VGA
8 x 16
80 x 30
25
31.5
60
256
12h
640 x 480
16
(4 bpp)
Graph
VGA
8 x 16
80 x 30
25
31.5
60
256
13h
320 x 200
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
VGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
66
-
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
VBIOS
Table 14 lists the VESA modes supported by the Video BIOS.
Table 14.
VESA Modes Supported by Video BIOS (Sheet 1 of 2)
Video
Mode
Pixel Resolution
Colors (bpp)
Mode
Type
Display
Adapter
Vertical
Frequency
(Hz)
Video
Memory
(MB)
640 x 480
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
VGA
60
0.5
640 x 480
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
VGA
75
0.5
640 x 480
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
VGA
85
0.5
800 x 600
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
60
1
800 x 600
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
75
1
800 x 600
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
85
1
1024 x 768
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
60
1
1024 x 768
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
75
1
1024 x 768
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
85
1
1280 x 1024
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
60
2
1280 x 1024
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
75
2
1280 x 1024
256
(8 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
85
2
640 x 480
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
VGA
60
1
640 x 480
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
VGA
75
1
640 x 480
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
VGA
85
1
800 x 600
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
60
2
800 x 600
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
75
2
800 x 600
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
85
2
1024 x 768
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
60
2
1024 x 768
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
75
2
1024 x 768
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
85
2
101h
103h
105h
107h
111h
114h
117h
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
67
VBIOS
Table 14.
VESA Modes Supported by Video BIOS (Continued) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Video
Mode
11Ah
112
115
118
11B
Pixel Resolution
Colors (bpp)
Mode
Type
Display
Adapter
Vertical
Frequency
(Hz)
Video
Memory
(MB)
1280 x 1024
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
60
4
1280 x 1024
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
75
4
1280 x 1024
64K
(16 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
85
4
640 x 480
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
VGA
60
2
640 x 480
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
VGA
75
2
640 x 480
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
VGA
85
2
800 x 600
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
60
4
800 x 600
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
75
4
800 x 600
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
SVGA
85
4
1024 x 768
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
60
4
1024 x 768
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
75
4
1024 x 768
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
XVGA
85
4
1280 x 1024
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
60
8
1280 x 1024
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
75
8
1280 x 1024
16M
(32 bpp)
Graph
SXGA
85
8
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
68
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Legacy VBIOS
5.0
Legacy VBIOS
5.1
Overview
In general, a legacy VGA VBIOS provides firmware-based graphics device initialization
and rudimentary display output support independent of operating systems, such as
text mode support. Operating system independence is accomplished through the
legacy IBM* PC method of calling software interrupts, which the system BIOS sets up.
Operating systems, prior to display drivers loading, use the rudimentary display output
services provided by VBIOS to display data such as informational messages and splash
screen. If no display drivers are discovered, operating system and/or applications may
rely on the VBIOS during regular operation. In addition, during pre-operating system
boot, the system BIOS may also rely on the rudimentary display output services from
VBIOS to display items such as informational messages, splash screen, and user setup
screen. The Intel Embedded VBIOS provides these rudimentary services by default.
For extended resolutions and industry-standard services, an independent standards
organization, the Video Electronics Standards Association (VESA) has defined a set of
VBIOS Extensions (VBEs) for the legacy VGA video BIOS. Like the legacy VGA video
BIOS interfaces, these extensions are also accessible through the IBM PC method of
calling software interrupts. In addition, the latest core standard (VESA/VBE Core 3.0)
defines a method for accessing video BIOS functions through 16-bit Protected Mode.
The system BIOS, operating systems and/or applications can use these extended
resolutions and services. The legacy Intel Embedded VBIOS supports the VESA/VBE
Core 3.0 interfaces.
Some information may exist on a platform utilizing the Intel Graphics Controller that is
not accessible through any of the standard defined interfaces, such as the legacy VGA
Video BIOS interface or the VESA/VBE interfaces. An example of information that
cannot be retrieved through any of the standard defined interfaces is what displays are
currently attached and detected. Also, some functions may not be accessible through
any of the standard interfaces. An example of a function that cannot be accomplished
through any standard interface is switching between the displays attached to the Intel
graphics controller. For services such as these that are unique to the Intel Graphics
Controller hardware, a set of Intel-defined functions exist. These functions are
accessible through the legacy IBM PC method of calling software interrupts. Because
these Intel functions are not standardized, they can only be used by custom
applications or system BIOS.
During platform initialization, the video BIOS may require from the platform some
information that it cannot retrieve on its own. On typical platforms, this necessary
information is available through the system BIOS. The video BIOS may retrieve the
information from system BIOS through Intel-defined System BIOS Hook Functions. For
example, if a platform uses a TV as its display, it may use a jumper to indicate NTSC or
PAL. The system BIOS can determine the setting of the jumper, then video BIOS will
retrieve the setting from system BIOS using the appropriate System BIOS Hook
Function. The only purpose for these system BIOS Hooks is to pass information
between the Intel Video BIOS and the system BIOS; the functions are not accessible to
any external applications. The Intel Embedded VBIOS supports these System BIOS
Hook Functions. Section 5.3.1 describes how to turn on and turn off the system BIOS
Hook Functions through configuration options.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
69
Legacy VBIOS
Some of the platform details the VBIOS discovers can be useful for graphics drivers. For
example, VBIOS may have already detected attached displays; that information could
be passed to the driver so that rediscovery is not necessary. The Intel Embedded
VBIOS uses graphics controller registers to pass data to the Intel® Embedded Graphics
Drivers. This is intended to be used as VBIOS-to-driver communication only.
Due to the broad range of potential platform configurations, it is not possible to create
and provide a single VBIOS binary that can accommodate and automatically detect all
different configurations while still fitting within the 64 Kbytes maximum VBIOS size
required by customers. Binaries built with basic configurations are already included
with the release package, but these work only with specific platform configurations; see
the Release Notes in the release package for details. For platforms that do not fall
within the default platform definition, the VBIOS requires a configuration effort to
accurately reflect the platform configuration. The release package provides a set of
tools and configurations that enable creating a new VBIOS binary tailored to the
platform. Features such as DVO devices, panel type, panel timings, new mode timings,
I2C ports, and more may be configured using the tools provided in the release package.
Section 5.3.1 describes how to use the tools and the different configuration options.
5.1.1
VBIOS Model
The VBIOS provides functionality that abstracts the hardware for applications and
operating systems. The VBIOS does not actively monitor access to the Intel Graphics
Controller hardware registers, nor can it prevent other software from accessing the
hardware directly. Often, the VBIOS assumes that it has sole control over the hardware
registers; for instance, when a particular mode is set through the VBIOS and another
application resets all timing registers for a different mode. Then, the VBIOS will assume
that the original mode is still in effect. Therefore, it is highly recommended that
applications and System BIOS use the VBIOS functions whenever possible.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
70
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Legacy VBIOS
Figure 11.
VBIOS Model
5.2
Panel Detection
VBIOS accomplishes panel detection through an interface call to system BIOS. This is
used to isolate the correct DTD in the table compiled into VBIOS. During boot, VBIOS
uses this timing for setting initial graphics modes. Upon transition from system BIOS to
OS, the panel ID is transferred to the graphics driver through a semaphore. As with
VBIOS, the driver uses the ID to traverse its DTD table located in the registry. The
correct DTD is then used to program the panel with the correct display mode.
The VBIOS relies on system BIOS to report the correct panel type associated with the
platform. This is conducted via an INT15 system BIOS call by VBIOS. The table below
provides the standard panel ID table for three popular DTD panel modes.
Table 15.
Example Panel ID Definitions
Panel ID
Mode
1
VGA - 640x480
2
SVGA - 800x600
3
XGA - 1024x768
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
71
Legacy VBIOS
5.3
Configuration Using User Build System (UBS)
5.3.1
Overview
The VBIOS UBS was developed to:
• Enable users to build a customized VBIOS binary. Customization includes features
of the VBIOS, DTD timings, and addition and selection of AIM modules to the
present code. This allows flexibility to the end user and on-site compilation to
modify the VBIOS binary according to user needs.
• Enable compilation for the Intel® 845 and 85x chipsets.
• Automate modification of assembly sources based on customer input and
automatically handle the compilation and linking of selected target object files to
produce the output binaries.
The UBS is contained within the usr_bld folder that is part of the Intel® Embedded
Graphics Drivers VBIOS release package. UBS consists of folders named 845 and 855,
representing the supported hardware devices.
The Include folder contains files necessary to create a user-customized object file.
This file is later linked to produce the final binary that is placed in the relevant product
folder according to specifications in the VBIOS customization file.
UBS consists of three main components:
• VBIOS launcher
• VBIOS configuration file (def_eg.txt)
• VBIOS customization tool
5.3.2
Requirements
• UBS must be installed on a system running a 32-bit Microsoft Windows operating
system with the capability to execute DOS commands from a command line shell.
Note:
When extracting the video BIOS package, make sure it is placed as close to the “root”
as possible, as there is character limitation in DOS. For example:
Recommended: C:\IEGD\usr_bld
Not recommended: C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My
Documents\IEGD\usr_bld
• The target machine must be installed with the open-source Watcom* C/C++
Version 11.0c compiler for DOS and MASM* 6.11 for DOS.
• The paths for the MASM assembler (ml) and the Watcom environments must be set
up:
— Go to <Control Panel><System><Advanced><Environment Variables><User
Variables>, double click on variable “Path”, and add the full path for ml.exe and
nmake.exe in the <Variable Value> field.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
72
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Legacy VBIOS
5.3.3
VBIOS Launcher
1. Go to the USR_BLD folder and run go.bat. This is the main execution file.
2. Execute go.bat to create the release.
The go.bat file accepts a configuration file as an input argument. The default
configuration file is def_eg.txt. An error is generated if this argument is not specified.
This file is explained further in Section 5.3.4
User-selected configuration options are displayed when this file is executed, and any
errors are indicated.
5.3.4
VBIOS Configuration File
The VBIOS configuration file contains customizable user options. A default example file
called def_eg.txt is included along with the UBS. This file name has to be a command
line parameter for go.bat. Multiple files can be created for different configurations as
per user requirements. The file names must be DOS-compliant (maximum of eight
characters). The VBIOS configuration file contains many options for user customization.
A PCF file is used to configure DTD timings. The file standard.pcf contains an example
of timing configurations.
This section explains the available options in the VBIOS Customization Tool (VCT)
option configuration file (def_eg.txt). The VCT configuration file is divided into the
following categories: VERSION, BUILD, GENERAL, PORT_DEVICE and BOOT. The
sequence of these entries matters for correct implementation of the final exe when it is
created. Each category has its own collection of options that can be changed. Do not
leave any space for entries within a category. These categories are defined in the
sections that follow.
5.3.4.1
Version Selection Category
This section is reserved and should not be modified from the default values in the
def_eg.txt file distributed with the VBIOS.
5.3.4.2
Build Selection Category
The build selection category is used to select major build options. An example of this is
shown in Figure 12 and subsequent sections give a detailed explanation of these
options.
Figure 12.
Build Settings
[BUILD]
HARDWARE= 845; 845,855
VGA=1 ; 1 to enable, 0 to disable
VESA=0; 1 to enable, 0 to disable
INTEL_5F=0; 1 to enable, 0 to disable
POST_DISPLAY_MSG=1; 1 to enable, 0 to disable
DISPLAY_STR_MSG="Intel EID Video BIOS"; not more than 60 chars
VESA_VBE_PM=1; 1 to enable, 0 to disable
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
73
Legacy VBIOS
5.3.4.2.1
Hardware
Only two types of hardware input are accepted. Acceptable parameters are:
• 845 for the Intel® 845GV Chipset
• 855 for the Intel® 855GME or the Intel® 852GME chipsets
5.3.4.2.2
VGA
• Enables support for VGA functionality
• Enables selection of legacy VGA interface support
• Selecting VGA support ensures full compatibility with the documented standard
IBM* VGA BIOS*, including standard VGA functions, register setting, mode
resolutions, and RAM data area values
• Acceptable parameters are:
— 1 to enable VGA support
— 0 to disable VGA support
Note:
This feature is hard-coded in the VBIOS to always be enabled.
5.3.4.2.3
VESA
• Enables support of VESA functionality
• VESA VBE standard allows software to set non-IBM* standard mode resolutions
• Acceptable parameters are:
— 1 to enable VESA support
— 0 to disable VESA support
5.3.4.2.4
INTEL_5F
• BIOS extended interface functions
• Proprietary function calls to control operation of the extended features of the
VBIOS
• Acceptable parameters are:
— 1 to enable Intel_5f support
— 0 to disable Intel_5f support
Note:
Intel_5F settings are not supported in the current release.
5.3.4.2.5
POST_DISPLAY_MSG
• Enable POST display message
• Acceptable parameters are:
— 1 to enable post display message support
— 0 to disable post display message support
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
74
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Legacy VBIOS
5.3.4.2.6
DISPLAY_STR_MSG
• String to display during POST
• This string is displayed only if POST_DISPLAY_MSG is enabled
• 60-character limit
• Enclose the message with open (“) and close (”) quotes
Note:
This string will only be displayed during POST if POST_DISPLAY_MSG is enabled.
Note:
An empty display string message is not advisable (e.g., " ").
5.3.4.2.7
VESA_VBE_PM
• Enables or disables power management support through function INT10 4F10.
• Acceptable parameters are:
— 1 to enable power management support.
— 0 to disable power management support.
5.3.4.3
General Selection Category
The general selection category shows the size and the DOS boot mode. An example is
shown in Figure 13.
Figure 13.
General Options
[GENERAL]
SIZE= 64; size in Kbytes
START_BOOT_MODE=0x50; DOS boot mode
5.3.4.3.1
Size
• Allows selection of VBIOS size.
• Acceptable parameter: 64 Kbytes.
5.3.4.3.2
START_BOOT_MODE
• Allows selection of required mode when DOS boots up.
• Acceptable parameters for VGA modes are:
Mode
Type
Resolution
Bits per Pixel
0x03
Text only
720x400
4
0x0F
Monotone
640x350
1
0x11
Graphics
640x480
2
0x12
Graphics
640x480
4
0x13
Graphics
320x200
8
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
75
Legacy VBIOS
Acceptable parameters for VESA modes are:
Mode
Resolution
Colors
0x30
640x480
256
0x32
800x600
256
0x34
1024x768
256
0x40
640x480
32 K
0x41
640x480
64 K
0x42
800x600
32 K
0x43
800x600
64 K
0x44
1024x768
32 K
0x45
1024x768
64 K
0x50
640x480
16 M
0x52
800x600
16 M
0x54
1024x768
16 M
Note:
VESA must be enabled under the BUILD category to use the VESA modes.
5.3.4.4
PORT_CONFIG Selection Category
The PORT_CONFIG selection category is used for Port and ADD configuration. An
example is shown in Figure 14.
Note:
EDID-less DTD timings customization is provided by a separate customization file. The
default example is included in the standard.pcf. The standard.pcf file is parsed by
the pcf2iegd.exe utility. Once go.bat is executed, the DTD timings configuration file is
automatically parsed to produce the necessary object file. Customization of DTD
timings follow the EDID 1.0 standard. You can make multiple copies of the DTD timings
file but must follow the format as shown in standard.pcf. The file can be renamed but
must be specified in the DTD_TABLE settings in def_eg.txt. Only one file can be
specified at a time.
Figure 14.
Port Configuration Options
[PORT_CONFIG]
PORT_DEV_SUPPORT=1; 1 to enable, 0 to disable
ADDCARD_DOWNLOAD=1; 1 to enable, 0 to disable
REVERSE_DVO_COLOR_ORDER=0; 1 to enable, 0 to disable
PANEL_DETECT=0; 1 to enable, 0 to disable
DEFAULT_PANEL_ID=0; 0 to disable, any other number = panel ID
DEVICE_SELECT=0; 1 to enable, 0 to disable
;DTD_TABLE = "standard.pcf"
;STATIC_DEVICE0=C:\watcom\fal\si154.flx; user may insert as many as needed
;STATIC_DEVICE1=C:\watcom\falh164.flx; in sequence, with no blank lines
;STATIC_DEVICE2=binary_file_name3.xxx; in between entries. these client
;STATIC_DEVICE3=binary_file_name4.xxx; drivers get statically included
;STATIC_DEVICE4=binary_file_name5.xxx
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
76
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Legacy VBIOS
5.3.4.4.1
PORT_DEV_SUPPORT
• Allows the selection of AIM device support
• Support for external TV-out digital encoder, DVI devices, and LVDS transmitter.
• If port device support is not selected, then the AIM stub will not be linked in the
execution file.
• Acceptable parameters are:
— 1 to enable port device support
— 0 to disable port device support
5.3.4.4.2
ADDCARD_DOWNLOAD
• This flag dictates whether or not ADD card AIM modules are downloaded and used.
• The parameter is either '1' for TRUE, meaning ADD card download of aim modules
is supported, or '0' for FALSE, which means binaries from ADD card AIM modules
are not downloaded and run.
• This does not mean that the ADD card DVO device cannot be used at all. Flex-AIM
and Static-AIM modules that match the device ID of the ADD card DVO device can
still be used.
• The purpose is to enable users to configure the VBIOS to use a flex or statically
integrated AIM and not depend on the downloaded AIM module present on an
available ADD card.
Note:
The ADDCARD_DOWNLOAD setting is not supported in the current release.
5.3.4.4.3
REVERSE_DVO_COLOR_ORDER
• This flag allows the user to configure the VBIOS to flip the color order of the DVO
signals.
• Causes data signals to be inverted from RGB (MSbs to LSbs) into the opposite
direction.
• Parameters are:
— 0 is default, ensuring normal operation.
— 1 reverses the color order
5.3.4.4.4
PANEL_DETECT
Enables Panel ID detect BIOS function (5F40 through INT 15).
5.3.4.4.5
DEFAULT_PANEL_ID
• Assigns default Panel ID to VBIOS if:
— PANEL_DETECT = 0 or
— Panel ID detection through system BIOS is not successful.
• Settings DEFAULT_PANEL_ID = 0 means disabling this feature, as in no default
panel ID is assigned to VBIOS.
5.3.4.4.6
DEVICE_SELECT
• Enables device selection through system BIOS
• Done through INT15h 5F35h.
• Only selected type of devices will be turned on if this feature is enabled.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
77
Legacy VBIOS
Note:
System BIOS must implement INT15 5F35h to enable user selection to be passed to
VBIOS.
5.3.4.4.7
DTD_TABLE
• This entry contains a file name used to configure DTD timings.
• The default file included is standard.pcf
• This file is parsed by the pcf2iegd utility to generate std_dtd.asm, which is then
compiled to produce an object file specific to DTD timings. Eventually this file will
be automatically linked to the final binary.
• File configuration (standard.pcf) follows standard EDID 1.0 documentation.
5.3.4.4.8
STATIC_DEVICES
• Allows selection of static AIM device support.
• Parameter consists of AIM static binary files.
• Copy these files to the specific intended product folder, or else copy the complete
path to identify the files to be linked is required as a parameter.
• With the restriction of VBIOS size, any number of static binaries can be linked.
• Port_dev_support must be enabled for these static files to be linked with the final
executable.
5.3.4.5
PORT_DEVICE Selection Category
The PORT_DEVICE selection category is used to configure AIM port device settings.
With limitation to VBIOS size, any number of AIM port device settings can be included.
Make sure to enable PORT_DEV_SUPPORT in the BUILD category to enable inclusion of
these device settings in the final binary.
The configuration of the AIM port device settings dictates whether or not to activate
available AIM port modules that are:
• Statically integrated in the VBIOS, called Static-AIM modules. Integration is also
done through UBS3.
• Dynamically loaded Flex-AIM modules supported through MBI modules in system
BIOS.
When ADDCARD_SUPPORT is enabled, the ADD card configuration always takes highest
priority. The ADD card's AIM module is downloaded and activated. If any of the AIM
port device settings entries (from this UBS configuration file) match the ADD card AIM
settings, they are discarded, and the ADD card AIM settings would be used. The
general rules are:
1. If ADDCARD_SUPPORT is TRUE:
— And an ADD card is present, it is downloaded and activated as first priority. Any
AIM Port device settings in UBS that conflict with the AIM Port device ID or the
ADD card are not used.
— And an ADD card is not present, the AIM Port device settings in UBS are used
to search for static or Flex-AIM port device modules. Any found that match the
device IDs are activated.
2. IF ADDCARD_SUPPORT is FALSE:
— The AIM Port device settings done in UBS are used to search for static or FlexAIM port device modules. Any found that match the device IDs are activated.
In any case where the same Flex-AIM and Static-AIMs are available (same because of
matching AIM device IDs), VBIOS uses the Static-AIM module.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
78
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Legacy VBIOS
An example is shown in Figure 15.
Figure 15.
Port Device Options
[PORT_DEVICE]
Type=Port_EFP_TYPE
ID=SI-164
Port=Port_DVO_C
GPIO_BUS=MI2C
I2C_Address=0x70
DDC_BUS=MDVI
Back_Light=1
5.3.4.5.1
; Port device type
; String
; Port usage = Port_DVO_A, DVO_B, etc
; LTV, DDC, MI2C, etc
; address of i2c device
; LTV, DDC, MDVI, etc
; 1 to enable, 0 to disable
Type
• Sets the device type.
• Parameters allowed are:
— Port_TV_TYPE indicates TV encoder
— Port_EFP_TYPE indicates TMDS connected to a DFP
— Port_LFP_TYPE indicates LVDS encoder connected to FP.
— Port_ADD_EFP_TYPE indicates an additional DFP.
5.3.4.5.2
ID
• Sets the device identification.
• Parameters allowed are string literals with length less than ten characters.
• Parameters are unique strings identifying the AIM module and are provided by the
company that created the modules.
• The following table lists known device IDs.
Table 16.
Device IDs
Device ID
5.3.4.5.3
Product
®
852GME, Intel® 855GME, Intel® 915GV, and Intel®
IN-LVDS
Internal LVDS on Intel
915GM chipsets
CH-7009-A
Chrontel* 7009A/7009B/7011 as TV encoder
CH-7009-B
Chrontel* 7009A/7009B/7301 as EFP encoder
NA-2501
National Semiconductor* 2501 as LFP encoder
SI-164
SiliconImage* 154/164 as EFP encoder
TH-164
Thine* 164 as EFP encoder
Port
• Sets the DVO port for the device.
• Parameters allowed are:
— Port_DVO_B for all hardware configurations.
— Port_DVO_C for all hardware configurations.
5.3.4.5.4
GPIO_BUS and DDC_BUS
• General-purpose I/O bus and DDC bus type settings.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
79
Legacy VBIOS
• Parameters allowed are:
— LCKCTRL for general I2C
— DDCA for analog CRT DDC
— DDCP for DVI/LVDS DDC
— MDDC for add card DDC
— MI2C for add card I2C
— MDVI for add card I2c or DDC
5.3.4.5.5
I2C_Address
• I2C address.
• Parameter allowed: Hex value.
5.3.4.5.6
BACK_LIGHT
• Enables backlight support for current port through system BIOS.
• Done through INT15h 5F47h.
• Acceptable parameters are:
— 1 to enable backlight support
— 0 to disable backlight support
Note:
System BIOS must implement INT15 5F47h to enable the backlight for panel selected.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
80
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Legacy VBIOS
5.3.4.6
BOOT Display Attachment Selection Category
• Allows selection of attach device and boot device
• Delimited by the equal sign; the left side indicates attached device and the right
side indicates devices to boot
• Parameters allowed: CRT, TV1, EFP1, LFP, TV2, EFP2
— TV1 - Indicates TV Out transmitter with single output
— EFP1 - Indicates DVI transmitter with single output
— TV2/EFP2 - Indicates transmitter with two external outputs (either TV Out or
DVI). For example, Chrontel* CH7009 is a DVI/TV Output Device. Depending
on the AIM/PORT client module support, VBIOS can dictate which of these two
signals to enable during boot. When TV function is selected, it is designated as
TV2; when DVI function is selected, it should be set as EFP2.
• The VBIOS does not allow the combination of TV1 and TV2 to be turned on with a
CRT, because display timings for both these display devices are so different that
one would cause the other to be corrupted. Thus, the VBIOS only allows TV1 or TV2
to be turned on.
• An example is shown in Figure 16.
Figure 16.
Boot Options
[Boot]
; Attached Dev Boot Dev
CRT=CRT
TV1=TV1
EFP1=EFP1
LFP,CRT=CRT
LFP,TV1=TV1
LFP,EFP1=EFP1
CRT,TV1=CRT
CRT,EFP1=CRT,EFP1
LFP,CRT,EFP1=CRT,EFP1
5.3.5
VBIOS Customization Tool (VCT)
The VCT contains a file called vct.exe. This tool is responsible for digesting the usercustomizable file described above. It generates files called config.asm and
std_dtd.asm (if the DTD option is selected) into a product-specific folder. The tool
compiles this file to generate an object file. VCT then creates the target binary. The
binary is located in the output folder of the hardware folder selected according to the
requested hardware revision. The binary will be a RAM TSR (dosvga.exe) or a VGA
VBIOS binary extractor (romvga.exe). VGA.bin is also automatically generated.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
81
Legacy VBIOS
5.3.6
VBIOS Tips
1. During dosvga execution, to enable the static aim/port integration of AIM/PORT
client modules, remember to:
a.
Run the UBS with the correct modifications in the Video Configuration File.
b.
Run "dosvga xxx.a yyy.b ... " where xxx.a and yyy.b are the aim/port client
modules binaries that have been added in the Video Configuration File such as
si154.flx and etc.
2. Make sure all the files in the ...\driver\usr_bld folder are not set to read-only. If
any of the files involved in the build process are set to read-only, the build process
fails.
3. When UBS completes, if there was static integration of AIM/PORT client modules,
the UBS merely runs "romvga xxx.a yyy.b ... " where xxx.a and yyy.b are the aim/
port client modules binaries that have been added in the video configuration file
such as si154.flx, etc. Thus, if romvga did not find the file in the proper folder, the
user can rerun "romvga xxx.a yyy.b ... " and not have to repeat the entire UBS
from go.bat. If VGA.BIN is not present, it indicates a failure in finding the specified
file in STATIC_DEVICE entry at the VBIOS configuration file.
5.4
System BIOS Interface
The VBIOS is software that resides as an image in a ROM that is accessible by system
BIOS during system boot time. The VBIOS image may be integrated with the system
BIOS, which resides in the ROM on the motherboard, or the VBIOS may be a standalone image that resides in a ROM on a GC add-in board. In either case, the VBIOS
image is never run in place, and some interfaces between VBIOS and system BIOS are
required to improve flexibility.
5.5
VBIOS and Driver Compatibility
5.5.1
Data Dependencies Between VBIOS and Intel Graphics
Drivers
The Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers do not depend on any data from the VBIOS, and
will either use driver settings or select default values for the attached displays. This
allows the driver to properly operate with incompatible BIOS or BIOS replacements.
The Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers will retrieve settings, such as panel ID and other
display settings from the Embedded VBIOS. The Embedded VBIOS allows for
configuration of display timings that can also be used for the Intel Embedded Graphics
Drivers.
5.6
Video Modes
The VBIOS supports standard VGA modes. Table 17 lists the modes and vertical refresh
rates that are supported by the VBIOS.
Note:
Although IBM* labeled certain EGA modes with a (*) suffix and the VGA modes with a
(+) suffix (such as mode 3, 3* and 3+), the VGA modes are so common that this
document does not use the (+) suffix to refer to them.
The actual availability of any particular mode depends on the capabilities of the display
device, the amount of memory installed, and other system parameters.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
82
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Legacy VBIOS
Table 17.
Video
Mode
00h
01h
02h
03h
04h
05h
06h
07h
08h-0Ch
Standard VGA Video Display Modes
Pixel
Resolution
Color
Depth
Mode
Type
Display
Adapter
Font
Size
Character
Resolution
Dot
Clock
(MHz)
Horiz.
Freq.
(KHz)
Vert
Freq
(Hz)
Video
Memory
(Kbytes)
320 x 200
16 (gray)
Text
CGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 350
16 (gray)
EGA
8 x 14
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
360 x 400
16
VGA
9 x 16
40 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
16
320 x 350
16
360 x 400
16
640 x 200
16 (gray)
640 x 350
720 x 400
Text
CGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
EGA
8 x 14
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
VGA
9 x 16
40 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
CGA
8x8
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
16 (gray)
EGA
8 x 14
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
16
VGA
9 x 16
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
Text
640 x 200
16
640 x 350
16
Text
CGA
8x8
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
EGA
8 x 14
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
720 x 400
16
320 x 200
4
Graph
VGA
9 x 16
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
All
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
4 (gray)
Graph
CGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
4 (gray)
EGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
320 x 200
4
VGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
640 x 200
2
Graph
All
8x8
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
720 x 350
Mono
Text
MDA
9 x 14
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
720 x 350
Mono
EGA
9 x 14
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
720 x 400
Mono
VGA
9 x 16
80 x 25
28
31.5
70
256
Reserved
-
-
0Dh
320 x 200
16
Graph
E/VGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
0Eh
640 x 200
16
Graph
E/VGA
8x8
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
0Fh
640 x 350
Mono
Graph
E/VGA
8 x 14
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
10h
640 x 350
16
Graph
E/VGA
8 x 14
80 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
11h
640 x 480
2
Graph
VGA
8 x 16
80 x 30
25
31.5
60
256
12h
640 x 480
16
Graph
VGA
8 x 16
80 x 30
25
31.5
60
256
13h
320 x 200
256
Graph
VGA
8x8
40 x 25
25
31.5
70
256
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
83
Legacy VBIOS
Table 18 lists VESA modes supported by the Legacy VBIOS
Table 18.
VESA Modes Supported by Legacy VBIOS
Mode
VBE
Mode
Resolution
and bpp (bits
per pixel)
Colors
Type
Dot
Clock
(MHz)
Frequency
(Hz)
Video
Memory
(MB)
30h
101h
640x480x8
256
Graph
25.175
60
0.29
32h
103h
800x600x8
256
Graph
40
60
0.46
34h
105h
1024x768x8
256
Graph
65
60
0.75
38h
107h
1280x1024x8
256
Graph
108
60
1.25
3Ah
13Ah
1600x1200x8
256
Graph
162
60
1.83
3Ch
13Ch
1920x1440x8
256
Graph
234
60
2.77
41h
111h
640x480x16
64K
Graph
25.175
60
0.59
43h
114h
800x600x16
64K
Graph
40
60
0.92
45h
117h
1024x768x16
64K
Graph
65
60
1.50
49h
11Ah
1280x1024x16
64K
Graph
108
60
2.5
4Bh
14Bh
1600x1200x16
64K
Graph
162
60
3.67
4Dh
14Dh
1920x1440x16
64K
Graph
234
60
5.5
50h
112h
640x480x32
16M
Graph
25.175
60
1.17
52h
115h
800x600x32
16M
Graph
40
60
1.83
54h
118h
1024x768x32
16M
Graph
65
60
3.0
58h
11Bh
1280x1024x32
16M
Graph
108
60
5.0
5Ah
15Ah
1600x1200x32
16M
Graph
162
60
7.32
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
84
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
6.0
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows*
Drivers
6.1
Overview
This section describes the driver-level information for the Microsoft Windows*
operating system, which includes the following1:
• Microsoft Windows* 2000
• Microsoft Windows XP*
• Microsoft Windows XP Embedded*
Note:
Configuration and Installation information for the Microsoft Windows CE* .NET
operating system is described in Chapter 7.0, “Installing and Configuring Microsoft
Windows CE* Drivers”.
6.2
Configuration Information
6.2.1
Universal INF Configuration
Multiple display configurations can be specified in a single INF file. Each configuration is
uniquely identified by the ConfigId parameter.
The driver reads the PanelId from the System BIOS during initialization and uses the
configuration whose ConfigId matches the PanelId. If the System BIOS does not set a
valid PanelId (for example, panelId = 0), the driver reads a configuration using
ConfigId = 1. (A ConfigId value of 0 is invalid.)
You can override this behavior by specifying a ConfigId parameter as follows:
HKR,, ConfigId, %REG_DWORD%, %DEFAULT_CONFIG_ID%
In this case, the driver ignores the PanelId returned by the System BIOS. Instead, the
IEGD uses the configuration information using the specified ConfigId.
6.2.2
INF File Backward Compatibility
Version 5.1 of the IEGD contains a new INF file format. You cannot use the new INF file
with pre-5.1 versions of the IEGD. However, you can still use pre-5.1 INF file formats
with version 5.1 of the IEGD.
6.2.2.1
INF File Backward Compatibility with IEGD Version 4.0
Version 4.0 of the IEGD provides backward compatibility with pre-4.0 versions of the
INF file. This support is implemented through the PcfVersion key in the INF file, shown
below:
1. These versions of the drivers are not WHQL (Windows Hardware Quality Labs) certified.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
85
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
HKR,, PcfVersion,
%REG_DWORD%, 0x0400
The IEGD uses this key to determine which version of the .inf file it is interpreting.
When this key is present in the .inf file and its value is 0x0400, the driver reads it as a
4.0 .inf file. If this key is omitted from the .inf file or if its value is less than 0x0400, the
driver reads the .inf file as a pre-4.0 file.
Note the following rules:
• If you use a pre-4.0 version of the .inf file with version 4.0 of the IEGD, the driver
translates pre-4.0 configuration parameters to 4.0 parameters.
• You cannot use 4.0 parameters in a pre-4.0 .inf file. If you try, the driver ignores
them.
• You cannot use pre-4.0 parameters in a 4.0 .inf file. If you try, the driver ignores
them.
For example, the usestdtimings parameter is a pre-4.0 parameter. If it is specified in
a 4.0 INF file, the driver ignores it. Similarly, if you attempt to add the edid_avail and
edid_non_avail parameters to a pre-4.0 .inf file (that is, an .inf file where the
PcfVersion key is not present), they are ignored by the driver.
The PcfVersion key is generated automatically by the pcf2iegd -inf utility and is
placed in the [ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings]section of the .inf file. You cannot add
it to the PCF file and there is usually no need to add it yourself to the .inf file. The
default ssigd.inf file for version 5.1 already contains the PcfVersion key. Refer to
Appendix B, “Example INF File” to view a sample 5.1 .inf file.
6.2.3
Dual Panel Configuration
Below are the settings required to set the INF file to enable extended display
configurations. Typically, these settings are output from the pcf2iegd.exe utility using
the -inf option. However, the INF file may also be edited directly. See Table 19 for a
description of these settings.
HKR, Config\%DEFAULT_CONFIG_ID%\General, DisplayConfig, %REG_DWORD%, 8
HKR, Config\%DEFAULT_CONFIG_ID%\General, PortOrder, %REG_SZ%, "5200"
6.2.4
Intel® 855GME Dual Display Example
The table below presents the dual display example for the Intel® 855GME chipset. For
other chipsets, refer to Section 5.4.2 to determine available output and ports.
Table 19.
Example of Intel® 855GME Dual Display Parameter Setting (Sheet 1 of 2)
Dual Display Combination
Port Order
CRT + Internal LVDS
“5400”
CRT + DVOB
“5200”
CRT + DVOC
“5300”
Internal LVDS + CRT
“4500”
Internal LVDS + DVOB
“4200”
Internal LVDS + DVOC
“4300”
DVOB + CRT
“2500”
DVOB + Internal LVDS
“2400”
DVOB + DVOC
“2300”
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
86
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
Table 19.
Example of Intel® 855GME Dual Display Parameter Setting (Sheet 2 of 2)
DVOC + CRT
6.2.5
“3500”
DVOC + Internal LVDS
“3400”
DVOC + DVOB
“3200”
Creating Registry Settings for Graphics Driver INF file
As described in Section 6.2.3, the driver settings can be configured with a PCF file, and
the pcf2iegd.exe utility can be used to convert the PCF settings to INF settings. For
example,
pcf2iegd -inf system.pcf > system.inf
This command generates the following output, which is then inserted into the graphics
driver INF file before driver installation. The pcf2iegd.exe tool simply translates the
format of the PCF file to the INF file. See Table 9, “Parameter Configuration Format” on
page 29 for details on the specific PCF settings and values, which also apply to the
settings and values of the INF file. The values of the INF file may also be directly
modified. See the example below for syntax and usage. Also, see Appendix B,
“Example INF File” for a complete sample INF file.
HKR,,
PcfVersion, REG_DWORD, 0x0400
HKR, pd
,
sii164, %REG_DWORD%, 1
HKR, pd
,
ch7009, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR, pd
,
ns2501, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR, pd
,
th164, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR, pd
,
fs454, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR, pd
,
ns387, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR, pd
,
lvds, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR, pd
,
ch7017, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR, Config\1
,
name, %REG_SZ%,
"Intel(R) Embedded
Graphics Driver Platform Configuration File"
HKR, Config\1\General
, DisplayConfig, %REG_DWORD%, 4
HKR, Config\1\General
, DisplayDetect, %REG_DWORD%, 1
HKR, Config\1\General
,
PortOrder, %REG_SZ%,
"3520"
HKR, Config\1\Port\3
,
name, %REG_SZ%,
"port3"
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\General ,
Rotation, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\General ,
Edid, %REG_DWORD%, 1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\General ,
EdidAvail, %REG_DWORD%, 3
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\General , EdidNotAvail, %REG_DWORD%, 1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\General ,
MultiDvo, %REG_DWORD%, 1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dvo
,
DdcPin, %REG_DWORD%, 3
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dvo
,
DdcSpeed, %REG_DWORD%, 100
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dvo
,
ddcdab, %REG_DWORD%, 165
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dvo
,
I2cPin, %REG_DWORD%, 4
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dvo
,
I2cSpeed, %REG_DWORD%, 120
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dvo
,
I2cDab, %REG_DWORD%, 104
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
,
Width, %REG_DWORD%, 800
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
,
Height, %REG_DWORD%, 600
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
,
bklmethod, %REG_DWORD%, 1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
,
BkltT1, %REG_DWORD%, 50
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
,
BkltT2, %REG_DWORD%, 25
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
,
BkltT3, %REG_DWORD%, 15
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
,
BkltT4, %REG_DWORD%, 10
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
,
BkltT5, %REG_DWORD%, 5
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
,
GpioPinVdd, %REG_DWORD%, 3
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
,
GpioPinVee, %REG_DWORD%, 5
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
, gpiopinenable, %REG_DWORD%, 1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
,
PixelClock, %REG_DWORD%, 30000
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
,
HorzActive, %REG_DWORD%, 800
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
,
HorzSync, %REG_DWORD%, 32
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
, HorzSyncPulse, %REG_DWORD%, 120
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
,
HorzBorder, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
,
HorzBlank, %REG_DWORD%, 224
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
,
VertActive, %REG_DWORD%, 600
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
,
VertSync, %REG_DWORD%, 3
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
, VertSyncPulse, %REG_DWORD%, 2
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
87
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\2
Driver Platform Configuration
HKR, Config\2\General
HKR, Config\2\General
HKR, Config\2\General
HKR, Config\2\Port\3
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Attr
6.2.6
,
VertBorder, %REG_DWORD%,
,
VertBlank, %REG_DWORD%,
,
HorzSize, %REG_DWORD%,
,
VertSize, %REG_DWORD%,
,
Flags, %REG_DWORD%,
,
2, %REG_DWORD%,
,
4, %REG_DWORD%,
,
6, %REG_DWORD%,
,
8, %REG_DWORD%,
,
16, %REG_DWORD%,
,
9, %REG_DWORD%,
,
name, %REG_SZ%,
File"
, DisplayConfig, %REG_DWORD%,
, DisplayDetect, %REG_DWORD%,
,
PortOrder, %REG_SZ%,
,
name, %REG_SZ%,
,
Rotation, %REG_DWORD%,
,
Edid, %REG_DWORD%,
,
EdidAvail, %REG_DWORD%,
, EdidNotAvail, %REG_DWORD%,
,
MultiDvo, %REG_DWORD%,
,
DdcPin, %REG_DWORD%,
,
DdcSpeed, %REG_DWORD%,
,
ddcdab, %REG_DWORD%,
,
I2cPin, %REG_DWORD%,
,
I2cSpeed, %REG_DWORD%,
,
I2cDab, %REG_DWORD%,
,
Width, %REG_DWORD%,
,
Height, %REG_DWORD%,
,
bklmethod, %REG_DWORD%,
,
BkltT1, %REG_DWORD%,
,
BkltT2, %REG_DWORD%,
,
BkltT3, %REG_DWORD%,
,
BkltT4, %REG_DWORD%,
,
BkltT5, %REG_DWORD%,
,
GpioPinVdd, %REG_DWORD%,
,
GpioPinVee, %REG_DWORD%,
, gpiopinenable, %REG_DWORD%,
,
PixelClock, %REG_DWORD%,
,
HorzActive, %REG_DWORD%,
,
HorzSync, %REG_DWORD%,
, HorzSyncPulse, %REG_DWORD%,
,
HorzBorder, %REG_DWORD%,
,
HorzBlank, %REG_DWORD%,
,
VertActive, %REG_DWORD%,
,
VertSync, %REG_DWORD%,
, VertSyncPulse, %REG_DWORD%,
,
VertBorder, %REG_DWORD%,
,
VertBlank, %REG_DWORD%,
,
HorzSize, %REG_DWORD%,
,
VertSize, %REG_DWORD%,
,
Flags, %REG_DWORD%,
,
2, %REG_DWORD%,
,
4, %REG_DWORD%,
,
8, %REG_DWORD%,
,
16, %REG_DWORD%,
0
24
25
19
0
50
25
75
100
35
45
"Intel(R) Embedded Graphics
2
1
"3520"
"port3"
0
1
3
1
1
3
100
165
4
120
104
800
600
1
50
25
15
10
5
3
5
1
25000
640
8
128
0
160
480
10
2
0
45
21
16
0
50
25
100
35
Dynamic Port Driver Configuration
The IEGD supports many third-party digital transmitters connected to the DVO ports of the
GMCH though device drivers called port drivers. These port drivers are dynamically loaded at
startup. The driver configuration can be modified to add or remove availability of specific port
drivers.
This section describes the portions of the ssigd.inf file that can be modified to either add or
remove a port driver for the Microsoft Windows version of the Intel® Embedded Graphics
Drivers.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
88
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
Note:
The pcf2iegd.exe utility does not generate settings for the dynamic port drivers
feature, so any changes must be made directly to the ssigd.inf file as specified in this
section.
Also note that the [ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings]block is used for the i81x, i845,
and i85x configurations while the [ssigd_gdg_SoftwareDeviceSettings] block is
used for 915x configurations. Output from the pcf2iegd utility must be placed in the
appropriate section for these chipset configurations.
6.2.6.1
DestinationDirs
The first step in either adding or removing a port driver is to identify where the driver
can locate the port driver. This is done in the [DestinationDirs] block of the .inf file.
Below are the default settings in the ssigd.inf file:
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir
ssigd.Display
ssigd.Miniport
ssigd.ch7009
ssigd.fs454
ssigd.lvds
ssigd.ns2501
ssigd.ns387
ssigd.sii164
ssigd.th164
ssigd.sdvo
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
The possible locations of a port driver and the associated values of these locations are
as follows:
10 = Windows directory
11 = System directory
12 = Drivers directory
17 = INF directory
20 = Help directory
To remove one or more port drivers, delete the associated line from the
DestinationDirs block. To add a port driver, add the associated line into the
DestinationDirs block. For example, to add a port driver for a Chrontel* CH7017
device, add the following line:
ssigd.ch7017
6.2.6.2
= 12
SourceDisksFiles
The next step to either add or remove a port driver is to identify the specific port driver
file names in the SourceDisksFiles blocks. There are two blocks, and the default
settings are as follows:
[SourceDisksFiles.x86]
igdmini.sys = 1
igddis.dll = 1
ch7009.sys = 1
fs454.sys
= 1
lvds.sys
= 1
ns2501.sys = 1
ns387.sys
= 1
sii164.sys = 1
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
89
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
th164.sys
sdvo.sys
= 1
= 1
[SourceDisksFiles.ia64]
igdmini.sys = 1
igddis.dll = 1
ch7009.sys = 1
fs454.sys
= 1
lvds.sys
= 1
ns2501.sys = 1
ns387.sys
= 1
sii164.sys = 1
th164.sys
= 1
sdvo.sys
= 1
To remove a port driver, delete the associated lines in both the
[SourceDisksFiles.x86] and [SourceDisksFiles.ia64]blocks. To add a port driver,
add the associated line to both blocks. For example, to add a port driver for a Chrontel*
CH7017 device that is named ch7017.sys, add the following line to both blocks:
ch7017.sys
6.2.6.3
= 1
Name and File Association
Next, associate the name of the port driver defined in the DestinationDirs and
DefaultInstall sections with the specific file name used in the SourceDiskFiles
section. Below are the default settings:
[ssigd.ch7009]
ch7009.sys
[ssigd.fs454]
fs454.sys
[ssigd.lvds]
lvds.sys
[ssigd.ns2501]
ns2501.sys
[ssigd.ns387]
ns387.sys
[ssigd.sii164]
sii164.sys
[ssigd.th164]
th164.sys
[ssigd.sdvo]
sdvo.sys
To remove a port driver, remove the name and filename association block. To add a
port driver, add a new block that associates the name and filename. Continuing the
Chrontel* 7017 example, the following lines would be added to the ssigd.inf file:
[ssigd.ch7017]
ch7017.sys
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
90
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
6.2.6.4
PortDrivers Registry Key
The next step is to modify the registry key in the [ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings]
section that defines the list of available port drivers. Below is the default value of this
registry key in the ssigd.inf file:
HKR,, PortDrivers, %REG_SZ%, "ch7009 fs454 lvds ns2501 ns387 sii164
th164"
Remove or add port driver names as appropriate to the list of port drivers specified
within the quoted string. For example, to add support for Chrontel* 7017, the registry
key would be defined as follows:
HKR,, PortDrivers, %REG_SZ%, "ch7009 fs454 lvds ns2501 ns387 sii164
th164 ch7017"
6.2.7
Creating an .sld file for Microsoft Windows XP Embedded*
Systems
Microsoft Windows XP Embedded* operating systems require the use of an .sld (system
level definitions) file. A default .sld file is provided. However, if you customize the .inf
file, you must use it to create a new .sld file.
Once you have customized the .inf file, use the following procedure to create the .sld
file.
1. Comment out the sections for the GMCH family of chipsets that you are not using.
For example, if you want to create an .sld file for the alm family, comment out the
ssigd_wht and ssigd_nap sections in the customized .inf file by adding a
semicolon at the beginning of each line as shown below. Also comment out the
Reboot line in the ssigd_alm section.
;[DefaultInstall]
;CopyFiles = ssigd.Miniport, ssigd.Display, ssigd.ch7009, …
;Reboot
[ssigd_alm]
CopyFiles = ssigd.Miniport, ssigd.Display, ssigd.D3D_alm, …
;Reboot
;[ssigd_wht]
;CopyFiles = ssigd.Miniport, ssigd.Display, ssigd.D3D_wht,…
;Reboot
;[ssigd_nap]
;CopyFiles = ssigd.Miniport, ssigd.Display, ssigd.D3D_gdg,
;Reboot
2. Save the .inf file and run Component Designer.
3. In the File menu, select Import.
4. In the Choose File for Import dialog, select Setup Information files (*.inf). in
the File of type listbox.
5. Browse to the directory that contains the saved .inf file and select it.
6. In the Inf Processing Options dialog, select Automatic in the Parsing Options
dialog.
7. Click the Start button in the Import File dialog. This creates the .sld file.
8. Check for errors in the log window. If there are no errors, Save the .sld file.
To create an .sld file for the Intel® 815/E family, comment out the ssigd_alm and
ssigd_nap section and repeat these steps.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
91
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
6.2.8
Changing Default Display Mode
When installing the Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers, Microsoft Windows selects a
default display mode for the initial startup of the system. This is a 640 x 480 resolution
in four-bit color mode.
In some cases, particularly with EDID-less LVDS displays, the 640 x 480 resolution may
not be supported, so the default mode selected by Microsoft Windows must be
changed. Otherwise, the display may not work after installation.
This default mode can be changed by adding the following registry keys to the
[ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings]section of the ssigd.inf file:
HKR,,
HKR,,
HKR,,
HKR,,
DefaultSettings.XResolution,
DefaultSettings.YResolution,
DefaultSettings.BitsPerPel,
DefaultSettings.VRefresh,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
1024
768
32
60
The example above makes the default resolution 1024 x 768, with a 32-bit color depth
and a refresh rate of 60MHz.
6.3
Installing the IEGD on Microsoft Windows*
You can install and uninstall the IEGD on a Microsoft Windows system by using the
setup.exe program located in the IEGD_5_1_Windows\utilites folder. (Use the
setupNT.exe utility to install the driver on a Microsoft Windows NT* system.) The
following procedure shows how to install the IEGD. Section 6.4, “Uninstalling Version
5.1 of the Driver” on page 93 provides instructions for uninstalling the 5.1 version of
the IEGD.
Warning:
If you have a previous version of the IEGD installed on your system, you must remove
it using the Microsoft Windows Add or Remove Programs utility located in the
Control Panel. Do not use the 5.1 version of the IEGD Install program to uninstall
previous versions of the driver. If you do, unpredictable results may occur. You can use
this program only to uninstall the driver from Version 5.1. Each version of the driver
has its own version of the installer/uninstaller utility.
1. Double click the setup.exe icon in the utilities folder. The following dialog
appears.
2. To install the driver, make sure that the Installs driver and application files
radio button is selected, then click the Next button. The accept license screen
appears.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
92
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
3. Click the I agree radio button, then click the Install button. The installation
begins and shows a progress bar as follows:
4. Once the driver and application files have been copied, the system must be
restarted to complete the installation. If you want the installation program to
restart your computer, click the Yes button.
6.4
Uninstalling Version 5.1 of the Driver
You can use the setup.exe Microsoft Windows GUI program to remove the driver from
your system. When you run the uninstaller program, it removes the following items
from the system:
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
93
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
• The IEGD
• The .inf and .pnf files from the windows\system32\inf folder.
• The DisplayPage.dll and qt-mt332.dll from the windows\system32 folder
• Data registry items by running regsvr32.exe with the uninstall option.
Warning:
You cannot use the Add or Remove Programs utility in the Control Panel to remove
previous versions of the driver (each version of the driver has its own installer/
uninstaller utility). To uninstall previous versions, click Start>Control
Panel>System>Hardware>Device Manager, expand Display adapters then rightclick the specific display adapter to be uninstalled, mouse-over and click Uninstall.
Repeat if there’s more than one previous version of the driver loaded.
1. Click the setup.exe icon located in the utilities subfolder of the
IEGD_5_1_Windows folder.
2. In the dialog box, select the Uninstalls driver and application files radio button,
then click the Next button. The following prompt appears:
3. Click the Yes button to remove the driver. A progress bar displays and when the
driver has been removed, the following screen appears.
4. To complete the uninstallation, you must restart your system. If you want to restart
your system now, click the Yes button in the following dialog.
6.5
Run-Time Operation
Resolution, refresh rate, and color bit depth can be changed after installation and
reboot via a Microsoft Windows display property sheet. On Microsoft Windows 2000 and
Microsoft Windows XP*, extended desktop can be enabled and disabled, along with
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
94
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
swapping primary and secondary displays. Other operations such as enabling and
disabling ports (display output), rotation, port configuration, and attribute control are
accessible via the standard display driver escape protocol.
6.6
Viewing and Changing the Driver Configuration From
Microsoft Windows*
You can change certain configuration attributes of the IEGD using the IEGDGUI.exe
program located in the IEGD_5_1_Windows\utilities folder. On Microsoft Windows
XP* and Microsoft Windows 2000 systems, you can access the IEGD Configuration tabs
through the Advanced Settings tab of the Display Properties icon from the
Windows Control Panel. This program launches the IEGD Configuration GUI that
consists of the following four tabs:
• Driver Info — Contains the driver status and display information.
• Display Config — Contains current display information and allows configuration of
display modes, flip, rotation, and enabling/disabling for a given port.
• Display Attributes — Contains the supported Port Driver (PD) attributes and
allows configuration of PD attributes.
• Mode — Contains current resolution and bit depth settings for the primary and
secondary ports. You can change the settings for both the primary and secondary
ports from this tab.
To view or change the driver settings using the GUI interface, follow this procedure.
1. Double click the IEGDGUI.exe icon in the utilities folder. On Microsoft Windows
XP* and 2000 systems, you can click the Advanced Settings tab in the Display
Properties icon from the Control Panel. The IEGD Configuration GUI appears and
shows information about the driver.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
95
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
Figure 17.
Runtime Configuration GUI — Driver Info Tab
2. Click the Display Config tab to show the current configuration.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
96
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
Figure 18.
Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Config Tab
The Display Status section of the dialog shows the current configuration for the
Primary and Secondary displays.
3. You can change the Display Mode of the display between Single, Twin, and Clone
by clicking the appropriate radio button in the Mode Selection section of the
dialog.
4. To view and change the settings for a display, select the Port Type from the listbox
in the Display Settings section of the dialog. You can then change the following
Settings:
— Port: Allows you to enable or disable the port.
— Rotate: You can rotate the display 0, 90, 180, and 270 degrees.
— Flip: Inverts the display horizontally.
If you change any configuration settings in the Display Config dialog box, click the
Apply button for the changes to take effect.
5. Click the Display Attributes tab to view and change the attributes for the display.
The screen that appears depends upon your current configuration. The following
screenshots show several different possible screens that appear when the Display
Attributes tab is clicked.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
97
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
Figure 19.
Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Attributes Tab
Figure 19 shows the attributes that can be changed for the display connected to the
current port driver shown in the Connected PD listbox. You can change the Port Driver
by selecting the appropriate one for your device. The attributes that appear on this tab
depend upon the selected port driver. Refer to Appendix C, “Port Driver Attributes,” for
a complete list of port driver attributes.
6. Click the Mode tab to view and change the current mode’s resolution and bit
depths. The screen that appears depends upon your current configuration.
Figure 20 shows a sample Mode tab screen that has both a primary and secondary
display.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
98
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
Figure 20.
Runtime Configuration GUI — Mode Tab Screen
7. If you make any changes to the mode settings, click the Apply button to have the
changes take effect.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
99
Configuring and Installing Microsoft Windows* Drivers
This page is intentionally left blank.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
100
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
7.0
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE*
Drivers
7.1
Overview
This chapter describes the driver-level information for Microsoft Windows CE* .NET
operating systems.
7.2
Microsoft Windows CE* .NET Installation
The following sections describe how to install the IEGD on the Microsoft Windows CE*
.NET 4.2 and 5.0 operating systems.
7.2.1
Prerequisites
The development system should have the following software installed:
• Microsoft Windows XP* Professional, SP2
• Platform Builder for Microsoft Windows CE* .NET 4.2 or 5.0 (with latest service
packs)
The target system must contain one of the following Intel chipsets:
• Intel® 945G Chipset
• Intel® 945GM Chipset
• Intel® 915GV Chipset
• Intel® 915GM Chipset
• Intel® 855GME Chipset
• Intel® 852GM Chipset
• Intel® 852GME Chipset
• Intel® 845GV Chipset
• Intel® 815 Chipset
• Intel® 815E Chipset
The target system must contain a minimum of 64MB of RAM.
7.2.2
Integrating IEGD With Microsoft Windows CE* .NET Platform
Builder
The integration/installation of the driver binaries depends upon the requirements of the
target device; while ddi_igd.dll is required, port drivers may be optionally included.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
101
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
To integrate the driver binaries into the Platform Builder, the catalogue file included
with the release should first be imported to the Platform Builder's catalogue. After
that, find "Intel Embedded Graphics Driver" under Third Party -> Device Drivers ->
Display and Drag-And-Drop it into the BSP.
In order for the Platform Builder to use IEGD, the video.reg file included with the
release has to be properly included into the BSP. For Windows CE 4.2, this means
appending the content of video.reg into project.reg. For Windows CE 5.0, this
means adding the following lines into the platform.reg. Note that you must specify
the correct path to the video.reg file.
;*******************************************************
;* IEGD Section for WinCE 5.0 Platform Builder
;*******************************************************
IF BSP_DISPLAY_IEGD
; @CESYSGEN IF CE_MODULES_PCI
; GWES will be able to auto-detect the display adapter if a candidate value
; points to the adapter's PCI instance. Values from Candidate1 to Candidate32
; (decimal) are possible; GWES will examine them sequentially until it finds
; a match.
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDI\DisplayCandidates]
"Candidate6"="Drivers\\Display\\Intel"
[$(PCI_BUS_ROOT)\Template\IEGD]
"DisplayDll"="ddi_igd.dll"
"Class"=dword:03
"SubClass"=dword:00
"ProgIF"=dword:00
"VendorID"=multi_sz:"8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086",
"8086", "8086", "8086", "8086", "8086"
"DeviceID"=multi_sz:"3582", "2572", "2562", "357B", "3577", "1132", "7125", "7123",
"7121", "2582", "2782", "2592", "2792"
; include the path to the video.reg file in the release package
#include <specify_path_here>\video.reg
; @CESYSGEN ENDIF CE_MODULES_PCI
ENDIF ; BSP_DISPLAY_IEGD
Finally, to include the actual driver binaries into the OS image, you must reference
them in the BSP's BIB file. For Windows CE 4.2, this means going into Platform
Settings -> BIB Info and adding ddi_igd.dll, igd3dalm.dll along with any other
port drivers you want to include. For Windows CE 5.2, this means appending the path
to ddi_igd.dll and the port drivers into platform.bib, as shown below. Note that
igd3dalm.dll is not required for Windows CE 5.0 because IEGD currently does not
support D3D Mobile.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
102
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
Figure 21.
Sample FILES Block from platform.bib File
FILES
;
;
Name
--------------
;
;
@CESYSGEN IF CE_MODULES_DEVICE
@CESYSGEN ENDIF CE_MODULES_DEVICE
ddi_igd.dll
ch7009.dll
ch7017.dll
fs454.dll
7.3
Path
---------------------------------
$(_FLATRELEASEDIR)\ddi_igd.dll
<specify_path_here>\ch7009.dll
<specify_path_here>\ch7017.dll
<specify_path_here>\fs454.dll
Memory Type
-----------
NK
NK
NK
NK
Microsoft Windows CE* .NET Configuration
The following sections describe how to configure the IEGD on the Microsoft Windows
CE* .NET 4.2 and 5.0 operating systems.
7.3.1
Mode Setting Through the Registry
The video.reg file contains registry entries for the IEGD and must be present for the
driver to work. Display configurations are set through the registry. The driver reads
these entries at startup and attempts to validate it with a list of known modes. If the
validation is successful, the drivers sets the mode; otherwise, the configuration
defaults to a Width and Height of 640x480, a Depth of 16 bits per pixel (bpp), and a
refresh rate of 60Hz.
The following registry keys are Microsoft Windows CE* .NET specific and are configured
in the project.reg file. All non-ASCII keys must be entered in hexadecimal notation.
Unless otherwise specified, all keys reside under the following registry path:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel]
All keys follow this syntax:
"<keyname>"=dword:<value>
The following example specifies a Display Mode of 640 x 480 pixels, 32-bit color depth,
and a refresh rate of 60Hz.
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\DRIVERS\Display\Intel]
"Width"=dword:280
"Height"=dword:1E0
"Depth"=dword:20
"Refresh"=dword:3c
The driver reads these entries at startup and attempts to validate it with a list of known
valid modes. If the validation is successful, it sets the mode; otherwise, it defaults to
640x480x16x60.
The following options allow for configuring the video memory location and size to a
static location. Modifying these requires strong understanding of the config.bib file. The
example config.bib file that comes with the release works with the values being set
for these options.
If either of the below values is zero or they are not defined, then the dynamic memory
allocation method is used for video memory usage. Thus availability is dependent on
system resources. This is in compliance with the Dynamic Video Memory Technology.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
103
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel]
;"ReservedMemoryBase"=dword:3200000
; starting physical address of video memory
;"ReservedMemorySize"=dword:0E00000
; size of video memory (includes stolen memory)
Note:
The above values and current defaults in the video.reg file are configured to use the last 14 of
64MB of RAM on the system. Please refer to Section 7.3.4, “Determining Graphics Memory
Size” on page 108 for details on this static video memory configuration.
For more information on advanced modes and configurations that are available, refer to
Section 7.3.8, “Display Mode Configuration” on page 110.
Table 20 lists all the registry keys for a Microsoft Windows CE* configuration.
Table 20.
Registry Keys (Sheet 1 of 4)
Registry Entry
Width
Height
Description
Possible Ranges
Width and Height must be expressed as
hexidecimal values. For example:
Width and Height of the display.
1024 x 768: 400 x 300
800 x 600: 320h x 258
640 x 480: 280 x IE0
Depth must be expressed as a
hexidecimal number and must be one of
the following values:
Depth
Color depth in bpp (bits per pixel)
8bpp: 8
16bpp: 10
24bpp: 18
32bpp: 20
(Note that the 815 chipset does not
support 32bpp and the 845, 855, and
915 chipsets do not support 24 bpp.)
Refresh rate must be in hex:
Refresh
The refresh rate of the display.
60 : 3c
70 : 46
75 : 4b
85 : 55
etc...
This value can be any valid refresh rate
as long as the display port supports it. A
refresh of '0' takes the first refresh that
matches width, height and depth.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
104
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
Table 20.
Registry Keys (Sheet 2 of 4)
Registry Entry
Description
Possible Ranges
PortOrder must be specified as a
quoted string containing four digits.
The valid values are:
PortOrder
1 - Integrated TV Encoder (915GM
only)
2 - DVO/sDVO B port
3 - DVO/sDVO C port (or DVO port on
815/E)
4 - Integrated LVDS port (852GME,
855GME, or 915GM only)
5 - Analog CRT port
Default: 0 for all keys
edid
If VBIOS/Driver reads EDID from
panel/CRT.
These two parameters are used to
control the available timings for any
display. edid_avail is used when
EDID values are read from the display.
If an attempt to read EDID from the
display fails or the edid parameter is
set to 0, then the driver uses the
edid_not_avail flags.
edid_avail
edid_not_avail
The value for both parameters must be
specified as a hex value.
Defaults:
edid_avail: 3 (hex). Bit 0 = 1, Bit 1 =
1, Bit 2 =0 (Use driver built-in
standard timings and EDID block and
filter modes.)
edid_not_avail: 1 (hex). Bit 0 = 1, Bit
1 = 0, Bit 2 = 0. (Use driver-built-in
standard timings.)
Search order for detecting attached
displays for the Display Detection
feature. When Display Detection is
enabled, the PortOrder determines which
display is primary and which display is
secondary.
The port search order can be specified to
ensure the port device (DVO device) is
found, based on the system integrator’s
routing choices. Default ordering is
chosen by specifying zeros in the
PortOrder keys.
Default ordering is chipset specific; see
Table 33, “Default DVO Search Order” on
page 181.
Refer to Section 3.8, “Display Detection
and Initialization” on page 44 for more
information on using PortOrder in
combination with the Display Detect
feature.
0 – Do not read EDID from panel/CRT
1 – Attempt to extract EDID timing data
from panel/CRT
Range [16 bits]
Valid values (specified in hex):
bit 0
-----------0 - Do not use driver built-in standard
timings
1 - Use driver built-in standard
timings
bit 1 (not applicable to
edid_not_avail)
-----------0 - Do not use EDID block
1 - Use EDID block to filter modes
bit 2
-----------0 - Do not use user-defined DTDs
1 - Use user-defined DTDs
bit3 - bit15
-----------Reserved for future use.
Specify whether to enable d3d.
NO_D3D
DisplayConfig
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Note: For Windows CE 5.0 and 945
chipsets, this must be set to 1as IEGD
currently does not support D3D on
Windows CE 5.0 platforms or on 945
chipsets.
The display configuration (single, twin,
clone, or vertical extended display)
0 = Enable D3D
1 = Disable D3D
Default is 0.
DisplayConfig must be set to one of the
following values:
1 = Single
2 = Clone
4 = Twin
5 = VEXT
(Note that the 815/815E and 845
chipsets do not support Clone and VEXT
modes because they contain only one
pipe.)
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
105
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
Table 20.
Registry Keys (Sheet 3 of 4)
Registry Entry
Description
Possible Ranges
DisplayDetect must be one of the
following values:
DisplayDetect
Determines whether display detection
is on or off
0 = Off (Default
1 = On.
(The DisplayDetect feature is used to
detect a child display before using it.
CAUTION: Setting this value to 1 means
the display is not enabled if the detection
fails.)
ReservedMemoryBase
ReservedMemorySize
Video memory can be statically
reserved or dynamically allocated on
demand. If both ReservedMemoryBase
and ReservedMemorySize are nonzero, then Video memory allocation
utilizes the static model.
The ReservedMemoryBase plus the
ReservedMemorySize must extend to the
TOM (Top Of Memory) and not conflict
with other reserved memory arenas in
config.bib. Default for both base and size
is zero, indicating a dynamic allocation
model.
Default behavior disables static memory
model.
MaxFbSize
Maximum size of the expected frame
buffer. By providing this hint, the
display driver can more efficiently
organize GART memory, leading to a
smaller video memory consumption.
Must be greater than or equal to the
expected size of frame buffer. Units are
in bytes. Specifying zero causes the
default frame buffer reservation sizing.
Default:
815 Chipset: 12 Mbytes
All other chipsets: 16 Mbytes
MinVidSurfX
MinVidSurfY
In pixels, the minimum width and
height of surfaces in order to be
acceptable for allocation in Video
memory. Due to hardware restrictions
that optimize memory access, it is
advisable to reserve video memory for
larger surfaces and allow GDI and
DirectDraw* to allocate small surfaces
from system memory.
No limitations. Suggested values for both
width and height are 10. Default value
for both width and height is 1.
Default:
MinVidSurfX = 1
MinVidSurfY = 1
i2cpin
The GPIO pin pair used as I2C bus to
read and write to DVO device
registers.
For pin pair definition, see Table 10,
“I2C/DDC Pin Pair Definitions for 8x
Chipsets” on page 43.
<0-6>
ddcpin
The GPIO pin pair used as DDC bus to
read panel EDID data.
For pin pair definition, see Table 10,
“I2C/DDC Pin Pair Definitions for 8x
Chipsets” on page 43.
<0-6>
i2cdab
I2C Device Address Byte (dab) for
reading and writing device registers.
The device address byte should be in
8-bit format with the 7-bit slave
address assigned to its bits 7:1 and bit
0 set to 0.
<0x00-0xff>
ddcdab
I2C device address for reading EDID
data from panel through DDC bus.
<0x00-0xff>
i2cspeed
Speed of I2C bus for DVO device.
[10-400]. Units in KHz
ddcspeed
Speed of I2C bus for EDID device.
[10-400]. Units in KHz
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
106
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
Table 20.
Registry Keys (Sheet 4 of 4)
Registry Entry
Possible Ranges
SysToVidStretch
Enables system-to-video memory
stretch blit operations to take
advantage of hardware-accelerated
filtering. Normally, it is more efficient
to allow GDI to conduct system-tovideo stretch blits, but the default
filtering used by GDI is Nearest. See
the BlendFilter key below for hardware
accelerated filtering options.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Default: 0
BlendFilter
Provides selection of hardwareaccelerated filtering methods for
stretch blit operations.
0 = Nearest
1 = Bilinear
2 = Anisotropic
Default: 0
NoTear
If enabled, all blit operations to the
frame buffer are synchronized with
video sync to eliminate any visible
tearing on the display screen.
Disabling this feature achieves a
performance gain.
0 = Disabled, tearing allowed
1 = Enabled, no visible tearing
Default: 0
List of DVO transmitter port drivers to
load when the system boots.
Space separated string enclosed in
quotes, where each port driver name is
listed in the string. The default string
included with the release has all
supported port drivers: "ch7009 fs454
lvds ns2501 ns387 sii164 th164 sdvo"
PortDrivers
7.3.2
Description
Port Driver-Specific Installation Options
Port driver attributes can also be specified in the video.reg file and used to initialize
the Port Driver during system boot. The keys are port driver-specific and reside under a
different registry path than the general installation options:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\2\Attr]
The display driver enumerates all keys under this path and passes them to the port
driver. If the port driver does not support a specific key, then it is ignored.
Appendix C, “Port Driver Attributes” provides the attributes supported by each port
driver.
7.3.3
Microsoft Windows CE* .NET Memory Model — Reserved
Memory
The Intel Embedded Graphics Suite (IEGS = VBIOS + Graphics driver) provides the
ability to dedicate additional memory for graphics functions on the Microsoft Windows
CE* .NET platform. This is known as reserved memory. The amount of reserved
memory is selected by firmware. The reservation size is passed to the graphics driver
through a scratch register available on the GMCH. Reserved memory is useful in
minimizing the amount of memory stolen from the OS for memory-limited, embedded
systems. For instance, if firmware utilizes a 640 x 480, 32-bit frame buffer, a total of
1.2 Mbytes is required. On an Intel® 845GV platform, stolen memory would need to be
configured as 8 Mbytes, since the next smaller option is only 1 Mbyte, too small for the
640 x 480, 32-bit frame buffer. In such a case, stolen memory can be programmed to 1
Mbyte. The additional memory required for the frame buffer can then be provided by
reserved memory, allowing a minimum amount of memory to be removed from the OS.
Note:
Reserved memory is only available on the Microsoft Windows CE* .NET operating
system, and must be accounted for in the config.bib memory layout file.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
107
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
Additionally, the Microsoft Windows CE* .NET display driver can be configured for either
static or dynamic allocation of video memory. The static model preallocates physical
memory for the display driver and provides a more efficient surface allocation scheme.
The dynamic model allocates surface memory on demand from the system and will
incur a small performance hit. However, the dynamic model has the advantage of
deallocation of video memory when not required, thus making it available to other
applications.
The static memory model requires a base and size specification registered in the
project.reg file. The base + size must reach to top of memory (TOM). Since this is not
required to be specified in the config.bib memory map, care must be taken not to
overlap any other memory arenas with the static allocation. See Section 7.2, “Microsoft
Windows CE* .NET Installation” on page 101 for further details on how to configure the
static memory model.
Figure 22 shows a typical memory map, using a static memory model.
Figure 22.
Typical Memory Map Using Static Memory Model
Stolen
Reserved
Static Allocation
7.3.4
Dedicated memory, programmatically
taken away from OS use.
Reserved by firmware, minimizing video
memory footprint.
Additional physical memory, statically
reserved for the display driver.
Determining Graphics Memory Size
The IEGD supports static as well as dynamic location of graphics memory. For static
video memory, the two registry settings ReservedMemoryBase and
ReservedMemorySize denote where and how big this area will be. This portion of
memory will be taken care off by the built in gart driver. The size should include the
stolen memory (BIOS setting, if applicable).
If either of these registry settings are zero or not defined in the registry, then dynamic
memory allocation is used for video memory management. The usage will be
dependent on system resources. This is in line with the Dynamic Video Memory
Technology.
As an example of static video memory, if the stolen memory is 8 MBytes and you want
a total of extra 56 MBytes of graphics memory for a total of 64 Mbytes of graphics
memory you would want to have these settings: (On a 128 MByte machine)
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel]
"ReservedMemoryBase"=dword:4000000
"ReservedMemorySize"=dword:4000000
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
108
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
Which means that the managed graphics memory pool will begin at physical address
0x4000000 (64 MBytes) and is 64 MBytes of size.
Note:
Always remember to include the amount of stolen memory in this number.
The lower 64 MBytes in the above machine will be used for the NK.bin and RAM, so
therefore you must change your config.bib accordingly. The configuration for the
given machine is (debug build):
NK
RAM
80220000 01650000 RAMIMAGE
81700000 02790000 RAM
As you see, the NK.BIN image takes 22.3125 MBytes and the rest of 41.6875 MBytes is
RAM. The release build should have much smaller NK area. For better control, users
may turn AUTOSIZE=OFF to calculate exactly where the image and RAM starts and
ends followed by the location of the video memory pool with no possibility of runtime
deviation.
These two settings, together with the registry settings mentioned above will decide
what your machines memory layout will look like.
The example config.bib and the memory configuration settings in the video.reg are
validated settings that can be used for static video memory of 16 MBytes in size
starting from the 48 MBytes address, thus including the stolen memory.
7.3.5
Framebuffer and Video Surface Size
Two additional optional registry settings are available to limit the FrameBuffer size of
the display driver and the total size of offscreen video surfaces.
The MaxFbSize registry entry will control the maximum size of the frame buffer only.
Actual usage will depend on the mode being used.
The PageReqLimit registry entry will control the total size in pages (4 KBytes) of all
video surfaces, buffers allocated for any use. Both of these registry configurations
apply to both the static as well as dynamic video memory management explained in
the previous section. The default below indicates that a maximum of 2 MBytes are used
for the frame buffer and a maximum of 16 MBytes are permitted for all offscreen
videosurface allocations.
"MaxFbSize"=dword:200000
"PageReqLimit"=dword:1000
In the case of Microsoft Windows CE*, because the O.S. does not allow for dynamically
setting the frame buffer size, the MaxFbSize can be changed to match the mode setting
being used in order to minimize on video memory wastage. The following are different
suggested values for MaxFbSize for different display modes. These values have not
been validated. Note that 640x480 is calculated as 640x512 and 800x600 is calculated
as 800x768 for stride alignment purposes.
640x512X16 = A0000
640x512X24 = F0000
640x512X32 = 140000
800x768X16 = 12C000
800x768X24 = 1C2000
800x768X32 = 258000
1024x768X16 = 180000
1024x768X24 = 240000
1024x768X32 = 300000
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
109
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
7.3.6
Video Surface Allocation Rule
Another two optional registries entries determine a minimum width and height
dimension that allows video surface allocations to succeed.
In the Microsoft Windows CE* GDI, video surface allocations can happen with a
REQUIRE_VIDEO_MEMORY or a PREFER_VIDEO_MEMORY flag. The following options
force surface allocations with the PREFER_VIDEO_MEMORY flag to be allocated in
system memory if the width and height are lower then what is stated in the following
entries.
"MinVidSurfX"=dword:10
"MinVidSurfY"=dword:10
In this example, surfaces allocated with the PREFER_VIDEO_MEMORY where the width
and height are both less than 16 pixels are forced to be in system memory.
7.3.7
Driver General Configuration Selection
The Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers allow you to provide multiple instances of per
port platform customizations. There can be up to 16 instances of configurations and a
single variable, called ConfigId, ensures the display driver selects the right instance.
Each instance may contain multiple groups of per-config and per-config+per-port
platform customizations.
"ConfigId"=dword:1
; 1 = default
7.3.8
Display Mode Configuration
The "DisplayConfig" registry setting (see below), allows you to decide whether you
want to configure the display configuration to be in single, twin, clone, or vertical
extended modes. (Microsoft Windows CE* .NET does not support Extended mode like
Microsoft Windows XP*). DisplayConfig is a per configuration setting, so note the
registry path that the Config number must match what's chosen in ConfigId above.
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\General]
"DisplayConfig"=dword:1
Note:
The Intel® 815/E and Intel® 845GV chipsets do not support clone mode.
DisplayConfig does not, however, dictate what type of display ports will be used. The
PortOrder setting ensure the correct display port types are used based on user
selection. Again, these are per-configuration settings.
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\General]
;------------------------------------; Select Port Order
;------------------------------------"PortOrder"="5432"
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
PortOrder specifies the actual of port
that will be taken for the Primary /
Secondary ports if there are duplicates
of the same type. For example, if both
Primary and Secondary are digital, then
port order will which DVO ports will be
first and second. The section below gives
the port order numbers for various chipsets.
Specify value "0000" to use default settings.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
110
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
On i915 chipsets:
================================
1 - Integrated TV Encoder
2 - DVO B port/RGBA port
3 - DVO C port
4 - Internal LVDS port
5 - Analog port
On i830/835/845/85x/865 chipsets:
================================
1 - DVO A port
2 - DVO B port/RGBA port
3 - DVO C port
4 - Internal LVDS port
5 - Analog port
On 835: If RGBA is used (DVO B & C together), then use DVO B number
to specify any parameter for it.
On i81x chipsets:
=================
Port numbers:
1 - DVO port
2 - Analog port
To ensure that the above display device configurations are NOT used when the actual
child display device (panel/monitor) is NOT connected, use the "DisplayDetect" key to
ensure that if the panel / monitor is not detected other ports are tried for the primary
display at the least (ensuring that at least 1 truly connected display is available for
view).
There is also an option to detect the displays before the actual initialization of the
display ports to happen. However, this option must be used carefully. Displays without
EDID will NOT be detected.
"DisplayDetect"=dword:0
; Set DispayDetect to '1' to detect display ports
7.3.8.1
Vertical Extended Display Mode
The Windows CE* IEGD driver supports Vertical Extended Display Mode, which allows
you to configure two displays by doubling the height of resolution. One large frame
buffer is allocated. The top half of the frame buffer is on the first pipe and the bottom
half is on the second pipe. The Windows CE* operating system is unaware of the two
displays. This feature is supported only on the following dual-pipelined chipsets:
• Intel® 852GM Chipset
• Intel® 855GME Chipset
• Intel® 915GM Chipset
This feature is enabled through the DisplayConfig key in the project.reg file. The
resolution, bit depth, and refresh rates of both displays must be the same. Vertical
panning is not supported; horizontal panning is not. DirectDraw is supported on both
pipes, but DirectDraw 3D must be disabled when Vertical Extended Display Mode is
enabled.
The following example specifies Vertical Extended Display Mode enabled with the
primary display set to an analog CRT in the PortOrder, the secondary display set to a
DVI display, and both displays set to a resolution of 800 x 1200 pixels (the height is
double from the normal 800 x 600 display mode), 32-bit color depth, and a refresh rate
of 60Hz.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
111
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\DRIVERS\Display\Intel]
"Width"=dword: 320
"Height"=dword:4B0
"Depth"=dword:20
"Refresh"=dword:3c
...
"NO_D3D"=dword:0
...
"DisplayConfig"=dword:5
...
"PortOrder"="5432"
7.3.9
Per Port Platform Customization
The Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers provide what is considered the most useful tools
to the embedded market — per port platform customizations. This includes the
following:
• Defining custom DTD panel timings
: PixelClock, HorzActive, HorzSync etc...
• Customized GPIO pin selection for I2C and DDC communication with DVO encoders
and panels.
:I2cPin, I2cDab, I2cSpeed etc...
• Flat Panel width and height limitations and power and/or backlight control
mechanisms
:BkltMethod, BkltT1, BkltT2, GpioPinVdd etc...
• Port driver specific attribute settings for initialization at boot time.
: Brightness, Contrast, H-Position etc...
All of the above can be set for each individual port depending on the maximum number
of ports the chipset supports. Also, you can have multiple instances of these
configurations to allow different settings per configuration.
The usage model for this per-config, per-port platform customizations follows after the
same options available in the INF registry settings for the Intel Embedded Graphics
Drivers for Microsoft Windows XP*. Refer to Figure 23, “Sample video.reg File” on
page 117 or to the provided registry sample file in the IEGD Windows CE* .NET driver
package for examples. The following sections provide information on these
configurations.
7.3.9.1
Per Port Customization — Custom DTD Mode Timings
For each configuration, each port can be added with up to 255 customized DTD modes.
The following is an example of adding 800x640 mode to the LVDS port when Config=1
is used.
However, the DTD timings should be preceded with the following keys:
• Edid - (1=Read EDID from port, 0=Don’t Read EDID)
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
112
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\2\General]
; "Edid"=dword:0
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\4\DTD\1]
; "PixelClock"=dword:9c40
; "HorzActive"=dword:320
; "HorzSync"=dword:28
; "HorzSyncPulse"=dword:80
; "HorzBorder"=dword:0
; "HorzBlank"=dword:100
; "HorzSize"=dword:0
; "VertActive"=dword:280
; "VertSync"=dword:1
; "VertSyncPulse"=dword:4
; "VertBorder"=dword:0
; "VertBlank"=dword:1c
; "VertSize"=dword:0
; "Flags"=dword:1e
Note:
For Per-Config, Per-Port configuration, the subkey path includes the correct Config and
Port numbers
7.3.9.2
Per Port Customization — Custom DVO GPIO Pin Settings
For each configuration, each port’s GPIO pin pair settings can be configured in terms of
which physical pins, what I2C slave address the DVO encoder on that port responds to
and what speeds to use.
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\2\DVO]
; "I2cPin"=dword:2
; "I2cDab"=dword:70
; "I2cSpeed"=dword:0
; "DdcPin"=dword:0
; "DdcSpeed"=dword:0
Note:
For Per-Config, Per-Port configuration, the subkey path includes the correct Config and
Port numbers.
7.3.9.3
Per Port Customization — Custom Flat Panel Controls
Similarly, the flat panel native resolution and power and backlight sequencing controls
can also be configured here.
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\4\FPInfo]
; "Width"=dword:320
; "Height"=dword:280
; "BkltMethod"=dword:0
; "BkltT1"=dword:0
; "BkltT2"=dword:0
; "BkltT3"=dword:0
; "BkltT4"=dword:0
; "BkltT5"=dword:0
; "GpioPinVdd"=dword:0
; "GpioPinVee"=dword:0
; "GpioPinBklt"=dword:0
; "BkltEnable"=dword:0
; "UseGMCHClockPin"=dword:0
; "UseGMCHDataPin"=dword:0
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
113
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
Note:
For Per-Config, Per-Port configuration, the subkey path includes the correct "Config"
and "Port" numbers
7.3.9.4
Per Port Customization — Attribute Initialization
Attributes are also per config and per port. However, the actual keys are dependant on
the port driver being used. Below are examples of registry keys associated with
initializing attributes for the Chrontel* Port Driver.
Attribute Ranges for the CH7009 Port Driver:
Brightness
0-100
Contrast
0-7
Flicker Filter
0-4
Saturation
0-7
Hue
0-100
Text Filter
0-3
Macrovision
boolean
Overscan ratio
1-4
TV Format
1, 17, 33
TV Output
1-4
Comp)
(Low, Std, High, None)
(NTSC-M, NTSC-M-J,
NTSC-4.33)
(Comp & Svid, Comp, Svid,
For complete information on port driver attributes, refer to Appendix C.
Note:
For Per-Config, Per-Port configuration, the subkey path includes the correct "Config"
and "Port" numbers.
The following example sets the CH7009 port driver attributes using the attribute IDs.
Refer to Section C.2.1, “Chrontel* CH7009/CH7010 Port Driver TV Attributes” on
page 167 for a list of CH7009 attribute IDs and their meanings.
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\2\Attr]
"0"=dword:32
"1"=dword:4
"3"=dword:1
"8"=dword:1
"12"=dword:0
"14"=dword:1
"19"=dword:1
7.3.10
System to Video Stretch Blit
System to Video Memory stretch blits are not supported on Intel GMCH devices. This
feature allows you to enable a soft copy of system surfaces to video surfaces in order to
conduct an accelerated stretch blit. The advantage of this is that the stretch blit then
utilizes the blend engine and hardware filtering can be applied. The filtering options are
listed below under "Blend Filtering".
A value of 1 for the "SysToVidStretch" enables system to video stretch blits, as
described above, while a value of 0, disables this feature and forwards all system to
video stretch blits to the emulator provided by the operating system.
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel]
"SysToVidStretch"=dword:0
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
114
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
7.3.11
Blend Filtering
The blend filtering method can be selected via the BlendFilter registry setting. The
filter method chosen will be used for all stretch blit operations, including video to video
stretch blits, as well as system to video stretch blits. The default filtering method is
Nearest.
Available Blend Filter options:
0 == Default == Nearest
1 == Binlinear
2 == Anisotropic
3 == 4x4
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel]
"BlendFilter"=dword:2
; Blend filter to use for all stretch blits
; BlendFilter 0 == NEAREST
; BlendFilter 1 == BILINEAR
; BlendFilter 2 == ANISOTROPIC
; BlendFIlter 3 == 4X4
7.3.12
Catalogue Feature File
A Catalogue Feature File, igd.cec, is available. In order to add this driver into the
Platform Builders catalogue feature list, take the following steps:
1. Create the following folder WINCE420 PUBLIC root folder:
C:\WINCE420\PUBLIC\COMMON\OAK\DRIVERS\DISPLAY\INTELIGD
2. Copy the ddi_igd.dll, ddi_igd.rel and video.reg files into that folder
3. Install the igd.cec file into the Platform Builder by:
7.3.13
a.
From the File menu, select Manage Catalog Features.
b.
- Choose Import.
c.
- In the Import Catalog Features dialog box, select the .cec file, and then
click Open.
d.
- From the View menu, select Catalog to display the Catalog.
Text Anti-Aliasing
The Microsoft Windows CE* .NET driver supports text anti-aliasing. To switch it on, add
these registry settings:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDI\Fontsmoothing]
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDI]
"ForceGRAY16"=dword:1
Note:
Text Anti-Aliasing should always be turned on when using a TV display device.
7.3.14
Dynamic Loading of Port Drivers
You can load port drivers dynamically through the PortDrivers registry entry. The
PortDrivers registry setting determines which port drivers to be dynamically loaded.
The port drivers are loaded in the order specified in the registry entry. These dll's must
exist in the
c:\Windows directory.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
115
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
7.3.15
NOTEARING Support for Smooth Blits
The IEGD provides NOTEARING support to give flicker free images. The TearFB registry
setting enables or disables the tearing option.
The default setting is OFF "0" (i.e., tearing is enabled). Enabling TearFB results in a
performance penalty.
7.3.16
video.reg File Backward Compatibility
Version 5.1 of the IEGD provides backward compatibility with pre-5.1 versions of the
video.reg file. This support is implemented through the new PcfVersion key in the
video.reg file, shown below:
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel]
"PcfVersion"=dword:400
The IEGD uses this key to determine which version of the .inf file it is interpreting.
When this key is present in the video.reg file and its value is 400, the driver reads it
as a 5.1 video.reg file. If this key is omitted from the video.reg file or if its value is
less than 400, the driver reads the video.reg file as a pre-5.1 file.
Note the following rules:
• If you use a pre-5.1 version of the video.reg file with version 5.1 of the IEGD, the
driver translates pre-5.1 configuration parameters to 5.1 parameters.
• You cannot use 5.1 parameters in a pre-5.1 video.reg file. If you try, the driver
ignores them.
• You cannot use pre-5.1 parameters in a 5.1 video.reg file. If you try, the driver
ignores them.
For example, the usestdtimings parameter is a pre-5.1 parameter. If it is specified in
a 5.1 video.reg file, the driver ignores it. Similarly, if you attempt to add the NO_D3D
parameter to a pre-5.1 video.reg file (that is, an video.reg file where the
PcfVersion key is not present), they are ignored by the driver.
The default video.reg file for version 5.1 already contains the PcfVersion key. There
is usually no need to add it to the .inf file.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
116
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
Figure 23.
Sample video.reg File
;***** BEGIN INTEL DISPLAY DRIVER REGISTRY ENTRY *****
;*****************************************************
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDI\Drivers]
"Display"="ddi_igd.dll"
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel]
;------------------------------; Following registry entry for
; version used
; 400 : IEGD 5.1 version
"PcfVersion"=dword:400
;------------------------------; Following registry entries for
; display settings:resolution,
; bit depth and refresh rate
;------------------------------"Width"=dword:320
"Height"=dword:258
; Width & Height values must be hex
;
1280x1024 : 500h x 400h
;
1024x768 : 400h x 300h
;
800x600 : 320h x 258h
;
640x480 : 280h x 1E0h
;
etc...
;
VEXT MODE height is doubled
;
640x960 : 280h x 3c0
;
800x600 : 320h x 4b0h
;
etc...; can be other standard timings
; as long as the display device
; and chipset supports it
"Depth"=dword:10
; Bit depth must be one of:
;
8bpp : 8
;
16bpp : 10
;
24bpp : 18
;
32bpp : 20
;(815 does not support 32 bpp)
;(83x,845,855,865,915 does not support 24 bpp)
"Refresh"=dword:3c
; Refresh rate must be in hex:
;
60 : 3c
;
70 : 46
;
75 : 4b
;
85 : 55
;
etc...
; any refresh rate as long as
; the display port supports it
; refresh of '0' will take the
; first refresh that matches
; width, height and bpp
;-------------------------------; Following is registry entry for
; controlled configuration of
; video memory usage / location
;-------------------------------;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
"ReservedMemoryBase"=dword:03200000
"ReservedMemorySize"=dword:00E00000
Above settings are for a 64M platform,
where the video memory is 14M at the top
the above settings are assuming there is
no system bios / firmware that has stolen
memory from top of memory. If it does exist
reduce ReservedMemorySize avoiding overlap
exception for ACSFL, memory area is reused
NOTE: CURRENTLY THESE SETTINGS ARE REMARKED
FOR DYNAMIC VIDEO MEMORY CONFIGURATION
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
117
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
"MaxFbSize"=dword:300000
; Above is Maximum Frame Buffer Size
; used to limit the maximum size in bytes
; of the main frame buffer
"PageReqLimit"=dword:8000
; Page Request Limit is used to control
; the max allocations of offscreen video
; surfaces, buffers etc..
; value is in number of pages (4K).
; this is independent of dynamic or static
; memory configuration.
; The max for 830m = 128MB = 0x8000
; The max for 815 = 64MB = 0x4000
"MinVidSurfX"=dword:10
"MinVidSurfY"=dword:10
; Above settings are to define a minimum
; width and height that would allow for video
; surface allocations to succeed.
; eg: surfaces with width < 16 are
;
forced to be in system-mem
; eg: surfaces with height < 16 are
;
forced to be in system-mem
; only affects allocations of surfaces
; with GPE_PREFER_VIDEO_MEMORY flag
"ConfigId"=dword:1
; This value dictates the configuration
; to select for Per-Port settings from port
; specific registry. The settings mirror
; Windows XP IEGD drivers implementation
;********************************************************************
; Following are the registry
; entries for acceleration
; configuration
;********************************************************************
;------------------------------------; Set SysToVidStrech to '1' to enable
; driver to perform System to Video stretch
; blits (for 815, this is not supported)
;------------------------------------"SysToVidStretch"=dword:1
;------------------------------------; Blend filtering method selection
; The hardware must be capable of
; support, else, emulation is done.
; Possible blend methods are:
;
BlendFilter 0 == NEAREST
;
BlendFilter 1 == BILINEAR
;
BlendFilter 2 == ANISOTROPIC
;
BlendFIlter 3 == 4X4
; (for 815, this value does not
; have any effect since currently
; the driver does not support
; any form of accelerated stretch
; blits on the 815)
;------------------------------------"BlendFilter"=dword:2
;------------------------------------; Provide a list of port drivers to attempt to load upon boot time
;------------------------------------"PortDrivers"="ch7009 ch7017 fs454 lvds ns2501 ns387 sii164 th164 sdvo"
;------------------------------------; Option for enabling/disabling
; TEARING - Default is OFF
;------------------------------------; Set '1' to enable the NOTEARING option
"TearFB"=dword:1
;------------------------------------; Specify whether to enable d3d
; NO_D3D Value: 0(default)
;
: 0 --> Enable D3D
;
: 1 --> Disable D3D
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
118
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
;------------------------------------"NO_D3D"=dword:0
;********************************************************************
; The Following Sections Provide Per-Config
; & Per-Port Registry Settings
;********************************************************************
;------------------------------------; Following are the registry
; entries for the port device
; configuration - per-Config
;------------------------------------[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\General]
;------------------------------------; Select Display configuration, single, twin ...
;------------------------------------"DisplayConfig"=dword:1
; Possible Display Config combo:
;
DisplayConfig 1 == SINGLE
;
(Single is default if none specified)
;
DisplayConfig 4 == TWIN
;
--> (Twin mode: common timing across ports)
;
DisplayConfig 2 == CLONE
;
--> (Clone mode: distinct timing per port)
; (815,845 does not support clone mode - only 1 pipe)
;
DisplayConfig 5 == VEXT (vertical extend)
;
--> (Vert Extended modes : "Height"
)
;
( registry key value must be 2X the )
;
( intended port timings. Both ports )
;
( must use the same timings. For
)
;
( example, for port timings of
)
;
( 800x600, the DisplayConfig should )
;
( be 5 and the Height=1200 or 0x4b0 )
;
( Overlay wont work in VEXT mode.
)
;------------------------------------; Select if u want to enable Display Detection
;------------------------------------"DisplayDetect"=dword:0
; DisplayDetect is to detect display child device
; before using it. BEWARE, setting this to '1' will
; mean display wont be enabled if detection failed
;------------------------------------; Select Port Order
;------------------------------------"PortOrder"="5432"
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
PortOrder specifies the actual of port
that will be taken for the Primary /
Secondary ports if there are duplicates
of the same type. For example, if both
Primary and Secondary are digital, then
port order will which DVO ports will be
first and second. The section below gives
the port order numbers for various chipsets.
Specify value "0000" to use default settings.
On i915 chipsets:
================================
1 - Integrated TV Encoder
2 - DVO B port/RGBA port
3 - DVO C port
4 - Internal LVDS port
5 - Analog port
On i830/835/845/85x/865 chipsets:
================================
1 - DVO A port
2 - DVO B port/RGBA port
3 - DVO C port
4 - Internal LVDS port
5 - Analog port
On 835: If RGBA is used (DVO B & C together), then use DVO B number
to specify any parameter for it.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
119
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
On i81x chipsets:
=================
Port numbers:
1 - DVO port
2 - Analog port
The following sections provide the various registry
settings for Per-Port custom DTD timings, per port DVO
I2C or panel power control as well as Attribute setups
If these are not provided, defaults are used,
- Use standard VESA timings
- Use ADD-Card specifications for I2C
- No panel power or backlight control
- No Attribute settings at init time.
;********************************************************************
; The sections below are for the more detailed per port
; registry configurations. It follows the same usage model and
; key value meanings as the Windows INF registry configuration
; file. Refer to IEGD User Manual Sections 5.4.1 to 5.4.4
; for details of this.
;********************************************************************
;--------------------------------------; Config 1 - DVO-B Port (For Almador) |
;--------------------------------------; Following are the registry
; entries for port's general config
;------------------------------;
; EdidAvail and EdidNotAvail: <only 16 bits used>
; ---------------------;
These 2 parameters can be used to control the available timings for
;
any display. 'EdidAvail' is used when EDID is read from the display
;
device. If an attempt to read EDID is failed or 'Edid = 0' then
;
driver uses 'EdidNotAvail' flags.
;
;
See below bit definitions for both 'EdidAvail' and 'EdidNotAvail'
;
;
BIT 0:
;
-----;
0 - Do not use driver built-in standard timings
;
1 - Use driver built-in standard timings
;
;
BIT1: <not applicable to EdidNotAvail>
;
-----;
0 - Do not use EDID block
;
1 - Use EDID block and filter modes
;
;
BIT2:
;
-----;
0 - Do not use user-DTDs
;
1 - Use user-DTDs.
;
;
BIT3-BIT15
;
----------;
Future use.
;
;
Default behavior:
;
----------------;
If user doesn't provide EdidAvail and EdidNotAvail, then
;
EdidAvail
= Use Std timings + Use EDID block and Filter modes
;
EdidNotAvail = Use Std timings
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\2\General]
; "Edid"=dword:1
; "EdidAvail"=dword:7
; STD TIMINGS + EDID TIMINGS + USER TIMINGS
; "EdidNotAvail"=dword:7 ; STD TIMINGS + USER TIMINGS
;------------------------------; Following are the registry entries
; for port's DVO I2C settings
;------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\2\DVO]
; "I2cPin"=dword:2
; "I2cDab"=dword:70
; "I2cSpeed"=dword:0
; "DdcPin"=dword:0
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
120
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
; "DdcSpeed"=dword:0
;------------------------------; Following are the registry entries
; for port's flat panel's mode-limits,
; power and backlight control
;------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\2\FPInfo]
; "Width"=dword:0
; "Height"=dword:0
; "BkltMethod"=dword:3
; "BkltT1"=dword:1E
; "BkltT2"=dword:4
; "BkltT3"=dword:4
; "BkltT4"=dword:14
; "BkltT5"=dword:1F4
; "GpioPinVdd"=dword:27
; "GpioPinVee"=dword:26
; "GpioPinBklt"=dword:28
; "BkltEnable"=dword:1
; "UseGMCHClockPin"=dword:0
; "UseGMCHDataPin"=dword:0
;------------------------------; Following are the registry entries
; for ports first custom DTD mode to add
;------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\2\DTD\1]
; "PixelClock"=dword:9c40
; "HorzActive"=dword:320
; "HorzSync"=dword:28
; "HorzSyncPulse"=dword:80
; "HorzBorder"=dword:0
; "HorzBlank"=dword:100
; "HorzSize"=dword:0
; "VertActive"=dword:280
; "VertSync"=dword:1
; "VertSyncPulse"=dword:4
; "VertBorder"=dword:0
; "VertBlank"=dword:1c
; "VertSize"=dword:0
; "Flags"=dword:1e
;------------------------------; Following are the registry entries
; for ports second custom DTD mode to add
; (Up to 255 can be added)
;------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\2\DTD\2]
; "PixelClock"=dword:9c40
; "HorzActive"=dword:320
; "HorzSync"=dword:28
; "HorzSyncPulse"=dword:80
; "HorzBorder"=dword:0
; "HorzBlank"=dword:100
; "HorzSize"=dword:0
; "VertActive"=dword:258
; "VertSync"=dword:1
; "VertSyncPulse"=dword:4
; "VertBorder"=dword:0
; "VertBlank"=dword:1c
; "VertSize"=dword:0
; "Flags"=dword:1e
;------------------------------; Following are the registry
; entries for the port device'
; display attribute parameters
; Use when enabling Port device
; example below is for Conexant
; on Port2 (DVO-B for almador)
; key names depend on port driver
;------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\2\Attr]
; id 0=dword:32
; id 1=dword:4
; id 3=dword:1
; id 15=dword:4
; id 2=dword:32
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
121
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
;
;
;
;
;
;
id 12=dword:0
id 13=dword:0
id 19=dword:1
id 8=dword:1
id 14=dword:1
"Composite and S-Video"=dword:1
;--------------------------------------; Config 1 - Analog Port (For Almador) |
;--------------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\5\General]
; "Edid"=dword:1
; "EdidAvail"=dword:7
; STD TIMINGS + EDID TIMINGS + USER TIMINGS
; "EdidNotAvail"=dword:7 ; STD TIMINGS + USER TIMINGS
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\5\DTD\1]
; "PixelClock"=dword:9c40
; "HorzActive"=dword:320
; "HorzSync"=dword:28
; "HorzSyncPulse"=dword:80
; "HorzBorder"=dword:0
; "HorzBlank"=dword:100
; "HorzSize"=dword:0
; "VertActive"=dword:280
; "VertSync"=dword:1
; "VertSyncPulse"=dword:4
; "VertBorder"=dword:0
; "VertBlank"=dword:1c
; "VertSize"=dword:0
; "Flags"=dword:1e
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\5\DTD\2]
; "PixelClock"=dword:9c40
; "HorzActive"=dword:320
; "HorzSync"=dword:28
; "HorzSyncPulse"=dword:80
; "HorzBorder"=dword:0
; "HorzBlank"=dword:100
; "HorzSize"=dword:0
; "VertActive"=dword:258
; "VertSync"=dword:1
; "VertSyncPulse"=dword:4
; "VertBorder"=dword:0
; "VertBlank"=dword:1c
; "VertSize"=dword:0
; "Flags"=dword:1e
;-----------------------------------------; Config 1 - Int-LVDS Port (For Almador) |
;-----------------------------------------;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\4\General]
; "Edid"=dword:1
; "EdidAvail"=dword:7
; STD TIMINGS + EDID TIMINGS + USER TIMINGS
; "EdidNotAvail"=dword:7 ; STD TIMINGS + USER TIMINGS
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\4\FPInfo]
; "Width"=dword:320
; "Height"=dword:280
; "BkltMethod"=dword:0
; "BkltT1"=dword:0
; "BkltT2"=dword:0
; "BkltT3"=dword:0
; "BkltT4"=dword:0
; "BkltT5"=dword:0
; "GpioPinVdd"=dword:0
; "GpioPinVee"=dword:0
; "GpioPinBklt"=dword:0
; "BkltEnable"=dword:0
; "UseGMCHClockPin"=dword:0
; "UseGMCHDataPin"=dword:0
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\4\DTD\1]
; "PixelClock"=dword:9c40
; "HorzActive"=dword:320
; "HorzSync"=dword:28
; "HorzSyncPulse"=dword:80
; "HorzBorder"=dword:0
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
122
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
; "HorzBlank"=dword:100
; "HorzSize"=dword:0
; "VertActive"=dword:280
; "VertSync"=dword:1
; "VertSyncPulse"=dword:4
; "VertBorder"=dword:0
; "VertBlank"=dword:1c
; "VertSize"=dword:0
; "Flags"=dword:1e
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\4\DTD\2]
; "PixelClock"=dword:9c40
; "HorzActive"=dword:320
; "HorzSync"=dword:28
; "HorzSyncPulse"=dword:80
; "HorzBorder"=dword:0
; "HorzBlank"=dword:100
; "HorzSize"=dword:0
; "VertActive"=dword:258
; "VertSync"=dword:1
; "VertSyncPulse"=dword:4
; "VertBorder"=dword:0
; "VertBlank"=dword:1c
; "VertSize"=dword:0
; "Flags"=dword:1e
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1]
;
"name"="IEGD SDVO Configuration File"
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\2]
;
"name"="svga"
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\2\FPInfo]
;
For a SDVO driver, sample settings for the panel : 1400x1050
;
"Width"=dword:578
;
"Height"=dword:41A
;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Drivers\Display\Intel\Config\1\Port\2\Attr]
;
"27"=dword:1
;
enable font anti-aliasing
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDI\Fontsmoothing]
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\GDI]
"ForceGRAY16"=dword:1
;***** INTEL DISPLAY DRIVER REGISTRY ENTRY END
*******;*****************************************************
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
123
Installing and Configuring Microsoft Windows CE* Drivers
This page is intentionally left blank.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
124
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Linux* Installation and Configuration
8.0
Linux* Installation and Configuration
This chapter describes the configuration and installation of the IEGD for Linux systems.
The IEGD supports X-servers from the X.org* and XFree86* organizations.
8.1
Overview
The IEGD Linux distribution package contains drivers built for the following X-Servers:
• XFree86 version 4.2.0
• XFree86 version 4.3.0
• X.org version 6.7.0
• X.org version 6.8.2
The IEGD requires the official version of these servers from the www.Xfree86.org or the
www.X.org websites and may not operate with other versions of these servers.
8.2
Prerequisites
The following list shows the items that you must have before you can configure and
install the Linux driver.
• Platform with supported Intel chipset.
• Platform with a minimum of 128 MBytes.
• Display device specifications.
• Driver package consisting of the following directories and files that are located
under the IEGD_5_1_Linux directory. (Note that in the pathnames that follow,
<xserver name> is the directory name of the X-Server version of the driver. For
example, XFree86-4.2, XFree86-4.3, Xorg-X11R-6.7, or Xorg-X11R-6.8.)
— Documents/Relnotes
Documents/Errata
Documents/License
Documents/<xserver name>/intel.4
Documents/<xserver name>/IntelDriverCtl.3x
Documents/<xserver name>/IntelPortCtl.3x
— Driver/<xserver
Driver/<xserver
Driver/<xserver
Driver/<xserver
Driver/<xserver
Driver/<xserver
Driver/<xserver
Driver/<xserver
Driver/<xserver
name>/intel_drv.o
name>/libXportctl.a
name>/libXportctl.so.1.0
name>/portctl.h
name>/libXiegdctl.a
name>/libXiegdctl.so.1.0
name/iegdctl.h
name>libXiegd_escape.a
name>libXiegd_escape.so.1.0
— Utilities/gui_lib_setup_linux.txt
Utilities/IEGDGUI
Utilities/pcf2iegd
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
125
Linux* Installation and Configuration
• The following files are located in the IEGD_Patches directory:
— agpgart.patch-2.4.20 (Patch for 2.4.20 kernel)
— agpgart.patch-2.4.20-8 (Patch for Redhat* 2.4.20-8 kernel
— agpgart.patch-2.4.24 (Patch for 2.4.24 kernel)
— agpgart.patch-2.6.5-1.358 (Patch for Fedora* 2.6.5 kernel)
— COPYING (GPL* license agreement for patches)
• Linux kernel source tree for active running kernel
• Linux kernel installed with module support enabled.
• Linux kernel installed with agpgart module enabled.
• XFree86 version 4.2, XFree86 version 4.3, X.org version 6.7.0, or X.org version
6.8.2 X-Server installed and functional.
— Directory paths to XFree86 or X.org installation and configuration files.
• System administration privileges.
8.3
Installation
To install the IEGD, you must first obtain the IEGDLinux.tgz file from the following
website:
http://www.intel.com/design/intarch/swsup/graphics_drivers.htm
To get the Linux IEGD, click the Intel® Embedded Graphics Driver for Linux v5.1 link and follow the instructions for downloading the .tgz file.
Once you have the IEGDLinux.tgz file, you can install the IEGD by performing the
following steps:
1. Log into to a system administration account.
2. Untar the driver package to a convenient location.
tar -xvzf <driver package.tgz>
This creates a directory structure in the directory where you extracted the .tgz file
and contains the following directories:
• IEGD_5_1_Linux — Contains the Documents, Driver, License, and Utilities
subdirectories.
The Documents subdirectory contains the Xfree86 and Xorg-X11 subdirectory.
These directories contain man pages for the IEGD.
The Driver directory contains subdirectories for XFree86-4.2, XFree86-4.3,
X.org-6.7, and X.org-6.8.
The Utilities directory contains IEGD utilities, including the pcf2iegd utility
and the IEGDGUI runtime configuration utility.
• IEGD_Patches — Contains files for patching the Linux kernel for agpgart.
3. Check the version of the X-Server your system is running. If you are running the
XFree86 server, type the following command:
XFree86 -version
If you are running Xorg server, type the following command:
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
126
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Linux* Installation and Configuration
Xorg -version
4. Copy the IEGD driver binary, intel_drv.o, from the IEGD_5_1_Linux/Driver/
<xserver name> directory to the X-Server’s modules/drivers directory. The
default installation directory is /usr/X11R6/lib/modules/drivers. This location
can vary by distribution so check your system for the proper path. For example, if
you are installing to an XFree86 version 4.3 X-Server, type the following
commands:
cd .../IEGD_5_1_Linux/Driver/XFree86-4.3/
cp intel_drv.o /usr/X11R6/lib/modules/drivers
5. Copy the necessary port driver files (*.so files in the .../IEGD_5_1_Linux/
Driver/<xserver name> directory) to the X-Server lib/modules directory. The
default installation location is /usr/X11R6/lib/modules. This location can vary, so
check your system for the proper path. Once the required port drivers have been
copied, you can specify them in the PortDrivers option in the Device section of
the config file. For more information on specifying the PortDrivers option, refer to
Table 21, “Supported Driver Options” on page 136. For example, to copy all the
port drivers, type the following command:
cp *.so /usr/X11R6/lib/modules
6. Copy the port control client libraries (libXportctl.a and libXportctl.so.1.0)
and the driver control client libraries (libXiegdctl.a and libXiegdctl.so.1.0)
and the escape control libraries (libXiegd_escape.a and libXiegd_escape.so.1.0)
from the IEGD_5_1_Linux/Driver/<xserver name> directory to the X-Server
library directory. The default installation location is /usr/X11R6/lib . For example,
cp libXportctl.a libXportctl.so.1.0 libXiegdctl.a libXiegdctl.so.1.0
libXiegd_escape.a libXiegd_escape.so.1.0 /usr/X11R6/lib
7. In the X-Server library directory, create symbolic links for the port control and
driver control library aliases:
cd /usr/X11R6/lib
ln -s libXportctl.so.1.0 libXportctl.so
ln -s libXportctl.so.1.0 libXportctl.so.1
ln -s libXiegdctl.so.1.0 libXiegdctl.so
ln -s libXiegdctl.so.1.0 libXiegdctl.so.1
ln -s libXiegd_escape.so.1.0 libXiegd_escape.so
ln -s libXiegd_escape.so.1.0 libXiegd_escape.so.1
8. Copy the port control and driver control include files (portctl.h and iegdctl.h) to
the XFree86 include/extensions directory. The default installation location is /
usr/X11R6/include/X11.
cd .../IEGD_5_1_Linux/Driver/XFree86-4.3
cp portctl.h iegdctl.h /usr/X11R6/include/X11
9. Copy the port control and driver control man pages (IntelPortCtl.3x and
IntelDriverCtl.3x) from the IEGD_5_1_Linux/Documents/<xserver name> to
the X-Server man/man3 directory. The default installation location is /usr/X11R6/
man/man3. For example,
cd .../IEGD_5_1_Linux/Documents/XFree86
cp IntelPortCtl.3x IntelDriverCtl.3x /usr/X11R6/man/man3
10. Create the following hard links in the X-Server man/man3 directory:
cd /usr/X11R6/man/man3
ln IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlQueryExtension.3x
ln IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlQueryVersion.3x
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
127
Linux* Installation and Configuration
ln
ln
ln
ln
ln
ln
ln
ln
ln
ln
ln
ln
ln
ln
ln
ln
IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlPortControl.3x
IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlGetPortAttributes.3x
IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlSetPortAttibutes.3x
IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlReadPortAttibutes.3x
IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlWritePortAttibutes.3x
IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlQueryPort.3x
IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlQueryPorts.3x
IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlGetPortMode.3x
IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlGetPortModes.3x
IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlSetPortMode.3x
IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlSetPortModes.3x
IntelPortCtl.3x IntelPortCtlAllocPort.3x
IntelDriverCtl.3x IntelDriverCtlQueryExtension.3x
IntelDriverCtl.3x IntelDriverCtlQueryVersion.3x
IntelDriverCtl.3x IntelDriverCtlPortControl.3x
IntelDriverCtl.3x IntelDriverCtlGetDriverInfo.3x
11. From the IEGD_5_1_Linux/Documents directory, copy the driver man page,
intel.4, to the man/man4 directory. The default installation location is /usr/
X11R6/man/man4. This location can vary by distribution so check your system for
the proper path. For example:
cd .../IEGD_5_1_Linux/Documents/XFree86
cp intel.4 /usr/X11R6/man/man4
12. Patch the agpgart module with the Intel extensions:
To patch the Linux 2.4.2x and SuSE kernel with the GART changes:
1. cd into the kernel source directory (e.g., cd /usr/src/linux-2.x.xxx)
2. Execute the patch command. For example:
patch -p1 < .../IEGD_Patches/Driver/agpgart.patch-2.x.xxx
To update the kernel:
1. cd to the kernel source directory (e.g., cd /usr/src/linux-2.x.xxx)
2. Execute the make modules command.
make modules
3. Install the modules.
make modules_install'
To patch a Linux 2.6.xxxx kernel with the GART changes for Fedora Core 2 kernels:
1. cd into the kernel source directory (e.g. cd /usr/src/linux-2.6.5-1.358)
2. Execute the patch command as follows:
patch -p1 < .../IEGD_Patches/Driver/agpgart.patch-2.6.xxxx
To update the kernel:
1. cd to the kernel source directory (e.g. cd /usr/src/linux-2.6.5-1.358)
2. Since the agpgart is built-in by default in Fedora Core 2, it needs to be
configured to install it as a module before updating the kernel.
make menuconfig
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
128
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Linux* Installation and Configuration
From the configuration menu, select Device Drivers, then Character Devices.
Scroll down to /dev/agpart. Change the disposition to M (for Module). Exit from
the configuration menu and save your changes.
3. Execute the make modules command:
make modules
4. Install the modules:
make modules_install
5. Build the kernel
make install
6. Run the following commands for the linux-2.6.xxxx kernel:
modprobe agpgart
modprobe intel-agp
Also, to ensure the modules are loaded after a reboot, add the following line to the
/etc/modprobe.conf file:
alias char-major-10-175 intel-agp
13. Modify your XF86Conf or Xorg.conf file to include a device section for this driver
and a Monitor section for your display. See Section 8.4 for details on the driver
configuration and the list of supported options. The default installation location for
this file is
/etc/X11
14. Set the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable as follows:
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/usr/X11R6/lib:/usr/lib/qt-3.1/lib (for Redhat
9)
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/usr/X11R6/lib:/usr/lib/qt-3.3/lib (for Fedora
Core 2)
The /usrlib/qt-3.1/lib path is required for running the Runtime Configuration
GUI (see Section 8.5.1, “Runtime Configuration GUI (IEGDGUI)” on page 144).
8.4
Configuration
The Intel Linux driver is for use with the integrated graphics of Intel chipsets on the
Embedded Intel Architecture roadmap. The driver supports 8-, 16- and 24-bit pixel
depths, dual independent head setup (only with the Intel® 852GME, Intel® 852GM,
Intel® 855GME, Intel® 915GM, Intel® 915GM, Intel® 945G, and Intel® 945GM
chipsets), flat panel, hardware 2D acceleration, hardware cursor, the XV extension, and
the Xinerama extension.
8.4.1
Supported Hardware
The Intel driver supports the following chipsets with integrated graphics.
• Intel® 815
• Intel® 815E
• Intel® 845GV
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
129
Linux* Installation and Configuration
• Intel® 852GM
• Intel® 852GME
• Intel® 855GME
• Intel® 915GV
• Intel® 915GM
• Intel® 945G
• Intel® 945GM
8.4.2
Configuration Overview
The driver auto-detects all device information necessary to initialize the integrated
graphics device in most configurations. However, you can customize the IEGD
configuration for any supported display by editing the X-server’s configuration file
(XF86Conf or Xorg.conf). Please refer to the XF86Config(5x) or Xorg(5x) man page
for general configuration details. This section only covers configuration details specific
to the IEGD.
In order to configure the IEGD for Linux, you must edit the X server’s configuration file
(XF86Conf or Xorg.conf). You can either edit the configuration directly or can use the
pcf2iegd utility to create configurations that must then be copied into the
configuration file. If you use the pcf2iegd utility, you must still edit the configuration
file.
The following sections describe each method of configuring the IEGD for Linux.
8.4.2.1
Linux* Configuration Using the pcf2iegd Utility
You can configure the Linux driver settings using the pcf2iegd utility as described in
Chapter 3.0, “Platform Configuration”. You can use either the -x or -bin option of the
pcf2iegd utility to produce output for the XF86Conf or Xorg.conf file. The -x option is
the preferred method for Linux systems.
Example:pcf2iegd -x 1 system.pcf > system.config
In this example, system.pcf is the name of the PCF file and the output file is named
system.conf. The output file contains the settings required to configure the IEGD for
Linux systems and can be pasted into the appropriate sections of the XF86Conf or
Xorg_conf file
Alternatively, you can use the pcf2iegd utility to convert the PCF settings to the EDID
parameter block files and example settings for the XF86Conf or Xorg.conf file. You
must then edit the Linux configuration file and incorporate the settings contained in the
output file from the pcf2iedg utility.
Example:pcf2iegd -bin 1 system.pcf > system.config
The example above generates two files. The first is the system.config file, which are
sample settings that may be used in the XF86Config or the Xorg.conf file. Please
follow the specific setting options and values specified in Table 21, “Supported Driver
Options” on page 136, as the current version of the pcf2iegd utility may output
options and values that do not apply to the Linux configuration.
The second file that is produced from the above example is the EDID parameter block
file
EDID-1.bin. This is a binary file that contains the EDID parameter information that is
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
130
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Linux* Installation and Configuration
described in the PCF file associated with the configuration block with the ID of 1. It also
contains all the configuration details for any display port, such as FPInfo, DTDs,
Attributes, and other per-port general settings.
Note:
The configuration ID in the -bin option of the pcf2iegd utility is optional. If omitted,
the first configuration block in the PCF file is used, regardless of the configuration ID of
that block. If your PCF file contains multiple configuration blocks, the pcf2iegd utility
must be run for each configuration ID, and all resulting EDID-n.bin files should be
transferred to the /etc/X11 directory. See Section 8.4.8, “EDID-Less Bin Configuration
File” on page 140 for more details on these EDID parameter block files.
8.4.2.2
Editing the Linux* Configuration File Directly
Alternatively, you can edit the XF86Conf or Xorg.conf file directly. The following
procedure outlines the steps to follow when editing the Linux configuration file. Section
8.4.3, “The Linux Configuration File” on page 133 provides details on each section of
the configuration file.
1. Login as root and open the configuration file for editing. The configuration file is
typically located in the /etc/X11 directory but may be located elsewhere on your
system.
2. In the Device section of the configuration file, enter the appropriate information for
your driver. The configuration file must have at least one Device section. The
Device section lets you define information about the Intel graphics driver. You can
use a single Device section for single, twin, or clone configurations. For Dual
Independent Head configurations, you must specify a second Device section.
3. In the Screen section, enter information for each display in your configuration. The
configuration file must have at least one Screen section. The Screen section binds
a Device with a Monitor and lets you define resolution modes for the display. The
Screen section is referenced in the ServerLayout section of the configuration file.
4. In the Monitor section, define monitor specifications and timings that will be used
for the display. You must have a Monitor section defined for each display in your
configuration. The Monitor section is referenced by the Screen section.
5. Save your changes to the file and reboot the system.
Figure 24 shows a complete, sample XF86Conf file configured to run with the Intel
driver in clone mode. For detailed information on the configuration file, refer to the
XF86Conf or Xorg man page. Section 8.4.3, “The Linux Configuration File” on page 133
describes the XF86Conf file in detail.
Figure 24.
Sample XF86Conf File
# XFree86 4 configuration created by redhat-config-xfree86
Section "ServerLayout"
Identifier
Screen
0
InputDevice
InputDevice
InputDevice
EndSection
"Default Layout"
"Screen0" 0 0
"Mouse0" "CorePointer"
"Keyboard0" "CoreKeyboard"
"DevInputMice" "AlwaysCore"
Section "Files"
# RgbPath is the location of the RGB database. Note, this is the name of the
# file minus the extension (like ".txt" or ".db"). There is normally
# no need to change the default.
# Multiple FontPath entries are allowed (they are concatenated together)
# By default, Red Hat 6.0 and later now use a font server independent of
# the X server to render fonts.
RgbPath
"/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/rgb"
FontPath
"unix/:7100"
EndSection
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
131
Linux* Installation and Configuration
Section "Module"
Load "dbe"
Load "extmod"
Load "fbdevhw"
Load "glx"
Load "record"
Load "freetype"
Load "type1"
EndSection
Section "InputDevice"
# Specify which keyboard LEDs can be user-controlled (eg, with xset(1))
#
Option "Xleds
""1 2 3"
# To disable the XKEYBOARD extension, uncomment XkbDisable.
#
Option "XkbDisable"
# To customise the XKB settings to suit your keyboard, modify the
# lines below (which are the defaults). For example, for a non-U.S.
# keyboard, you will probably want to use:
#
Option "XkbModel""pc102"
# If you have a US Microsoft Natural keyboard, you can use:
#
Option "XkbModel""microsoft"
#
# Then to change the language, change the Layout setting.
# For example, a german layout can be obtained with:
#
Option "XkbLayout""de"
# or:
#
Option "XkbLayout""de"
#
Option "XkbVariant""nodeadkeys"
#
# If you'd like to switch the positions of your capslock and
# control keys, use:
#
Option "XkbOptions""ctrl:swapcaps"
# Or if you just want both to be control, use:
#
Option "XkbOptions""ctrl:nocaps"
#
Identifier "Keyboard0"
Driver
"keyboard"
Option
"XkbRules" "xfree86"
Option
"XkbModel" "pc105"
Option
"XkbLayout" "us"
EndSection
Section "InputDevice"
Identifier "Mouse0"
Driver
"mouse"
Option
"Protocol" "IMPS/2"
Option
"Device" "/dev/psaux"
Option
"ZAxisMapping" "4 5"
Option
"Emulate3Buttons" "no"
EndSection
Section "InputDevice"
# If the normal CorePointer mouse is not a USB mouse then
# this input device can be used in AlwaysCore mode to let you
# also use USB mice at the same time.
Identifier
Driver
Option
Option
Option
Option
EndSection
"DevInputMice"
"mouse"
"Protocol" "IMPS/2"
"Device" "/dev/input/mice"
"ZAxisMapping" "4 5"
"Emulate3Buttons" "no"
Section "Monitor"
Identifier
"Monitor0"
VendorName
"Monitor Vendor"
ModelName
"Eizo T550"
DisplaySize 290220
HorizSync
30.0 - 82.0
VertRefresh 50.0 - 160.0
Option
"dpms"
EndSection
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
132
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Linux* Installation and Configuration
Section "Monitor"
Identifier
VendorName
ModelName
EndSection
"Monitor1"
"SamSung"
"SyncMaster 192MP"
Section "Device"
Identifier
"IntelIEGD-1"
Driver
"intel"
VendorName
"Videocard vendor"
BoardName
"Intel 855"
VideoRam
16384
BusID
"0:2:0"
Option
"PcfVersion"
Option
"Config/1/name"
Option
"Config/1/General/PortOrder"
Option
"Config/1/General/DisplayConfig"
Option
"Config/1/General/DisplayDetect"
Option
"Config/1/General/CloneDisplay"
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
EndSection
"1024"
"Linux Clone Config"
"5230"
"2"
"1"
"1"
"Config/1/Port/5/name"
"Config/1/Port/5/General/EdidAvail"
"Config/1/Port/5/General/EdidNotAvail"
"Config/1/Port/5/General/Rotation"
"Config/1/Port/5/General/Edid"
"Config/1/Port/2/name"
"Config/1/Port/2/General/EdidAvail"
"Config/1/Port/2/General/EdidNotAvail"
"Config/1/Port/2/General/Rotation"
"Config/1/Port/2/General/Edid"
"Config/1/Port/2/FpInfo/Width"
"Config/1/Port/2/FpInfo/Height"
"Config/1/Port/3/name"
"Config/1/Port/3/General/EdidAvail"
"Config/1/Port/3/General/EdidNotAvail"
"Config/1/Port/3/General/Rotation"
"Config/1/Port/3/General/Edid"
"Config/1/Port/3/FpInfo/Width"
"Config/1/Port/3/FpInfo/Height"
"CRT"
"3"
"1"
"0"
"1"
"DVO-B"
"3"
"1"
"0"
"1"
"0"
"0"
"DVO-C"
"3"
"1"
"0"
"1"
"0"
"0"
Section "Screen"
Identifier
"Screen0"
Device
"IntelIEGD-1"
Monitor
"Monitor0"
DefaultDepth
16
SubSection "Display"
Depth
16
Modes
"800x600" "640x480"
EndSubSection
EndSection
Section "DRI"
Group
Mode
EndSection
8.4.3
0
0666
The Linux Configuration File
To configure the IEGD for use with Linux, you must edit the Linux configuration file
(XF86Conf or Xorg.conf). There are several sections within the configuration that must
be edited or created, including:
• Device Sections
• Screen Sections
• Monitor Sections
• ServerLayout Section (when configuring DIH)
• ServerFlags Section (when configuring Xinerama)
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
133
Linux* Installation and Configuration
The following sections describes each of these sections for use with the IEGD. Refer to
the XF86Conf or Xorg.conf man pages for complete details.
8.4.3.1
Device Section
The Device section provides a description of a graphics device. The Linux configuration
file (XF86Conf or Xorg.conf) must have at least one Device section for the graphics
driver. If your chipset supports multiple graphics pipelines, you may have multiple
Device sections, but in most situations, only one is required. If you are creating a Dual
Independent Head (DIH) configuration, you must have at least two Device sections.
The Device sections in the XF86Conf and Xorg.conf configuration files have the
following format:
Section "Device"
Identifier "devname"
Driver "intel"
entries
...
EndSection
The Identifier field defines the device. This name is used to associate the device with
a screen and is referenced in Screen sections.
The Driver field defines the driver to use and is a required field in the Device section.
The intel driver, intel_drv.o, must be installed in the /usr/X11R6/lib/modules/
drivers directory.
The remainder of the Device section can contain IEGD-specific options. Refer to
Table 21 on page 136 for a list and description of IEGD supported options.
8.4.3.2
Screen Section
The Screen section is used to bind a Screen with a Device and a Monitor. It is also
used to define resolution modes, color depths, and various other screen characteristics.
Refer to the XF86Conf or Xorg man page for detailed information.
The Screen section has the following format:
Section "Screen"
Identifier
"screenname"
Device
"devname"
Monitor
"Monitor0"
DefaultDepth24
Subsection "Display"
Depth 24
Modes "1280x1024" "1024x768" "800x600" "640x480"
EndSubSection
EndSection
8.4.3.3
Monitor Section
Use the Monitor section to define monitor characteristics and timings for a display. You
should have one Monitor section for each display your system supports. The Monitor
section is referenced in a Screen section. And has the following format.
Section "Monitor"
Identifier "Monitor0"
VendorName "NEC"
MonitorName "MEC MultiSync LCD"
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
134
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Linux* Installation and Configuration
HorizSync
VertRefresh
...
EndSection
8.4.3.4
30-60
50-75
ServerLayout Section
The ServerLayout section defines the overall layout of the system configuration. Input
devices are specified in the InputDevice fields and output devices usually consist of
multiple components (such as a graphics board and a monitor, which are bound
together in a Screen section). You typically only need to edit this section when you are
using a DIH configuration. You need to add a line to reference the second Screen
section and specify its relative location to the first screen. In the following sample, the
line beginning with Screen 1... is required for DIH configurations.
Section "ServerLayout"
Identifier "Default Layout"
Screen 0 "Screen0" 0 0
Screen 1 "Screen1" RightOf "Screen0"
InputDevice entries...
EndSection
8.4.3.5
ServerFlags Section
If you are configuring the IEGD for Xinerama support, you must set the "Xinerama"
option to "True" in the ServerFlags section of the configuration file.
Section "ServerFlags"
Option "Xinerama" "True"
other options....
EndSection
8.4.4
XFree86 and Xorg Configuration Options
As for IEGD revision 5.1, the IEGD provides a new format syntax for Linux
configuration options. The new syntax is similar to the Microsoft Windows* INF file and
is as follows:
“Config/<ConfigID>/<pcf file block name>/<option name>”
This format is produced using the -x option of the pcf2iegd utility.
The IEGD parses the configuration options and looks for "new-style" 5.1 and later
options. If it doesn't find any, then it falls back to processing old-style options.
The configuration must contain the pcfversion option and configid option, that can
either be specified in the configuration file or it could come from BIOS
Table 21 shows the supported driver options:
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
135
Linux* Installation and Configuration
Table 21.
Supported Driver Options (Sheet 1 of 3)
Option
Option “PcfVersion” “integer”
Description
This option indicates that the new IEGD format is
being used for the Linux Configuration files (XF86Conf
or Xorg.conf). The new format is hierarchical (similar
to the Microsoft Windows* INF file) and allows both
global and per-configuration information to be stored
in the X-server’s configuration file (XF86Conf or
Xorg.conf) rather than having per-configuration
information stored separately in the EDIDx.bin file.
This option is usually set to 0400 hex (1024 decimal)
and is required for the new format.
Option "SWCursor" "boolean"
Enable the use of the software cursor. The default is off
and the hardware cursor is used.
Option "ShadowFB" "boolean"
Enable or disable double buffering on the frame buffer.
The default is that double buffering is disabled.
Option "TearFB" "boolean"
Disable or enable wait for vblank when doing blits. The
default is to not wait for vblank when doing blits. This
is faster but may cause visible tearing of the display.
Option "XVideo" "boolean"
Disable or enable XVideo support. In a dual
independent head configuration, either the first display
or the second display support XVideo. Both displays
can not support XVideo simultaneously. The default is
XVideo support is enabled.
Option "XVideoBlend" "boolean"
Disable or enable XVideo support using the 3D blend
manager. This provides XVideo support in
configurations that cannot be supported with overlay.
For example, this is supported on both displays in a
dual independent head setup. It is also supported
when the display is rotated or flipped. Color key is only
supported if ShadowFB is enabled and the VideoKey is
defined. The default is XVideoBlend support is
enabled.
Option “ConfigID” “integer”
This option identifies the configuration.
Option “Config/<ConfigID>/Name” “string”
A quoted string used to identify the configuration
name.
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/Comment" "string"
A quoted string used to identify the configuration file.
Comment is a required field for Linux configurations.
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/General/PortDrivers" "string"
This option specifies which port driver(s) must be
loaded. The list is a space- or comma-separated list of
port driver names corresponding to the *.so port
driver files included with the Linux version of the
driver. You may specify multiple port driver names if
there are multiple DVO devices that are currently on
the system or may potentially be used. For example,
specify "th164 sii164" to load port drivers for Thine
164 and Silicon Image 164 DVO devices.
By default no port driver is loaded except analog port
driver for GMCH ANALOG port. This includes the
internal LVDS port on the 852, 855, and 915 chipsets.
You must at least specify "lvds" to enable use of the
internal LVDS port.
Note: The current implementation of the pcf2iegd
utility will not generate this setting properly,
so it must be manually added to the
configuration file.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
136
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Linux* Installation and Configuration
Table 21.
Supported Driver Options (Sheet 2 of 3)
Option
Description
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/General/PortOrder" "string"
This option can be used to change the default port
allocation order. The default order can vary depending
on chipset. List the port type numbers in the allocation
order starting from first to last. The port type numbers
are as follows:
1 - Integrated TV Encoder (915GM only)
2 - DVO/sDVO B port
3 - DVO/sDVO C port (or DVO port on 815/E)
4 - Integrated LVDS port (852GME, 855GME, or
915GM only)
5 - Analog CRT port
To set the order as Integrated TV Encoder, ANALOG,
LVDS, DVO C, DVO B set the PortOption string to
"15432". Zeros can be used to specify don’t care.
Setting this option incorrectly can result in port
allocation failures.
Note that when specifying the PortOrder value in the
.pcf file, do not use double quotes around the value.
The pcf2iegd utility automatically inserts double
quotes around the value for Linux configurations so
that if you specify them in the .pcf file, they will appear
as double double-quotes (for example, “PortOder”
““5421””). If this occurs, remove one set of quotes
from the value (“5421”).
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/General/Rotation"
"integer"
Rotate the display. Valid values are 0, 90, 180, 270.
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/General/Flip" "boolean"
Invert the display horizontally.
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/VideoKey" "integer"
This sets the color key for XVideo and XVideoBlend.
This value is either a 24 bit value or a 16 bit value,
depending on the pixel depth of the screen. The color
key is always enabled for XVideo, even when it is not
defined. The color key is always disabled for
XVideoBlend unless both this option is defined and the
ShadowFB option is enabled. The default color key for
XVideo is 0x0000ff00. For XVideoBlend, the color key
is disabled by default.
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/CloneDisplay"
"boolean"
Enable or disable additional output ports on this
device. For example, if the graphic device has both an
analog and DVO output device, enabling this option
will cause both ports to be enabled and the same
frame buffer displayed on both. Each port will use a
separate graphics pipe so the video timings can be
different. See the options below for setting the clones
timings. The clone display cannot be set to a larger
display mode than the frame buffer. Setting this option
will use more video bandwidth than the TwinDisplay
option below. Enabling multiple screens takes
precedence over this option. The default is
CloneDisplay disabled.
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/CloneWidth" "integer"
This sets the display width for a clone port when
CloneDisplay is active. The default is 640.
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/CloneHeight" "integer"
This sets the display height for a clone port when
CloneDisplay is active. The default is 480.
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/CloneRefresh"
"integer"
This sets the display vertical refresh rate for a clone
port when CloneDisplay is active. The default is 60Hz.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
137
Linux* Installation and Configuration
Table 21.
Supported Driver Options (Sheet 3 of 3)
Option
Description
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/TwinDisplay" "boolean"
Enable or disable additional output ports on this
device. For example, if the graphic device has both an
analog and DVO output device, enabling this option
will cause both ports to be enabled on the same pipe
and use the same frame buffer for the display. The
video timings will be restricted to modes that both
devices support and the devices cannot be
programmed with different timings. Enabling
CloneDisplay or multiple screens takes precedence
over this option. The default is TwinDisplay enabled.
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/AttributePath" "string"
Specify the directory path where attribute data will be
saved and restored from. If this is not set, then
attribute data will not be saved/restored. The default
is no directory path.
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/Active" "boolean"
Make the device ports active and enabled on startup.
This is the default. When this option is set to FALSE,
the driver will allocate the output ports for this device
but will not set the mode or enable the output. To
enable the output, the port control extension must be
used.
Option "Config/<ConfigID>/Port/<port number>/EDID" "boolean"
Enable or disable reading of EDID data from the output
port device. Note that if the EDID option is specified in
both the config file (XF86Config or Xorg.conf) and
the .pcf file, all per-port EDID options in the .pcf file
are overwritten by the EDID option specified in the
config file.
8.4.5
Sample Dual Independent Head (DIH) Configuration
For dual independent head operation, several additional options must be set in the
Device sections for each head. Both Device sections must specify the BusID, and the
BusID must be the same for both devices. Using different BusID values will cause X to
use separate MMIO address ranges for each device. This mode is not supported by this
driver. Each Device section must specify the Screen section that will be associated with
the device with the Screen option.
BusID - B:F:S (Bus, Function, Slot)
Screen - number
Figure 25 shows a sample DIH configuration. Only the Device, Screen, and Server
Layout sections of the configuration file are shown. For a complete example of a
configuration file, see Figure 24 on page 131.
Figure 25.
Sample DIH Configuration
Section "Device"
Identifier "IntelEGD-1"
Driver
"intel"
BusID
"0:2:0"
Screen
0
VideoRam
32768
EndSection
Section "Device"
Identifier "IntelEGD-2"
Driver
"intel"
BusID
"0:2:0"
Screen
1
VideoRam
32768
Option
"XVideo"
EndSection
"No"
Section "Screen"
Identifier "Screen 1"
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
138
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Linux* Installation and Configuration
Device
"IntelEGD-1"
Monitor
"Monitor1"
DefaultDepth 24
Subsection "Display"
Depth
8
Modes
"1280x1024" "1024x768" "800x600" "640x480"
ViewPort
0 0
EndSubsection
Subsection "Display"
Depth
16
Modes
"1280x1024" "1024x768" "800x600" "640x480"
ViewPort
0 0
EndSubsection
Subsection "Display"
Depth
24
Modes
"1280x1024" "1024x768" "800x600" "640x480"
ViewPort
0 0
EndSubsection EndSection
Section "Screen"
Identifier "Screen 2"
Device
"IntelEGD-2"
Monitor
"Monitor2"
DefaultDepth 24
Subsection "Display"
Depth
8
Modes
"1280x1024" "1024x768" "800x600" "640x480
ViewPort
0 0
EndSubsection
Subsection "Display"
Depth
16
Modes
"1280x1024" "1024x768" "800x600" "640x480"
ViewPort
0 0
EndSubsection
Subsection "Display"
Depth
24
Modes
"1280x1024" "1024x768" "800x600" "640x480"
ViewPort
0 0
EndSubsection
EndSection
Section "ServerLayout"
Identifier "Dual Head Layout"
Screen "Screen 1"
Screen "Screen 2" Right Of "Screen 1"
InputDevice "Mouse1" "CorePointer"
InputDevice "Keyboard1" "CoreKeyboard"
EndSection
8.4.6
Video Memory Management
The Intel 8xx family of integrated graphics chipsets has a unified memory architecture
and uses system memory for video RAM. The amount of memory used is not fixed and
depends on the configuration. Address space for frame buffers and back buffers is
always reserved, along with some scratch space for 2D and 3D acceleration. Use of
some features such as Video Overlay also affects video memory allocations. The
amount of video memory allocated for pixmap surfaces is configurable. By default, 16
Mbytes is used for each screen. You can change this with the VideoRam entry in the
Device section of the configuration file. It may be set to any reasonable value up to 32
Mbytes. Increasing this value reduces the amount of system memory available for
other applications. This value is in units of 1024 Kbytes (32 Mbytes is represented by
32768).
8.4.7
Graphics Port Initialization
When used with a graphic chipset that supports multiple graphics pipelines, the driver
supports multiple screens and Xinerama. This support is enabled by creating additional
Device sections for each additional graphics device on the PCI bus. The driver locates
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
139
Linux* Installation and Configuration
the first device on the bus and associates it with the device section that matches (or
one that doesn’t specify a busID). This becomes the primary display. If the graphics
chipset supports multiple plans and pipes, and the config file specifies two Device
sections and two Screen sections, the driver attempts to operate in a dual-independent
head mode. Once all the graphics devices and device sections have been matched up,
the driver attempts to allocate any remaining output ports and attach them to the
primary graphics device. For example:
• Two pipes and two ports allows for dual independent displays.
• One pipe and two ports allows for a cloned display.
• Two pipes and three ports allows for dual independent displays with the third port
providing a clone of the first display.
8.4.8
EDID-Less Bin Configuration File
Note:
The EDID-less bin configuration file is no longer fully supported and is provided for
backward compatibility. It is produced with the -bin option to the pcf2iegd utility,
which will not be supported in a future release.
This driver supports the reading of EDID parameter blocks from an external file. To use
this feature, you must create and save an EDID-<config_id>.bin parameter block file
in the
/etc/X11 directory, where <config_id> is the configuration ID that is either set via a
BIOS setting or read from the XF86Config or Xorg.conf file. The BIOS setting takes
precedence over the XF86Config or Xorg.conf file setting. If no configuration ID is set,
the driver looks for and loads EDID-0.bin. If a suitable file is found in the /etc/X11
directory, it will be read and the EDID parameters will be used by the driver. To disable
the reading of the file, remove the file from /etc/X11.
In addition to the EDID file, changes must be made to XF86Config or Xorg.conf file to
enable new, nonstandard modes. Adding the DTD and FP_INFO parameter blocks to the
EDID file adds the mode(s) timings to the driver list but won't add them to the Xserver's default user list. To add new timings to the X server's list, add the mode's
name to the appropriate Screen section of the config file.
Note:
Modelines are not a supported method in IEGD for configuring display timings. The
EDID file must be used. This file serves a similar but more advanced purpose as the
ModeLine lines in the XF86Config and Xorg.conf files.
Typical uses for the EDID configuration file are:
1. Adding user-defined display timings for a display device.
2. Allowing the driver to support non-standard flat panel configurations.
3. Setting flat panel backlight control
8.4.8.1
EDID File Format
The EDID-<config_id>.bin file is a binary format. It can be created from a Platform
Configuration File (PCF) using the pcf2iegd -bin utility. Numeric data in the files are
stored in 32 bit little-endian format.
The first 4 bytes of the file are the version number. The current file version is
0x00000400.
The second 4 bytes are the length of the comment string. Following this is the
comment string. The string is null-terminated ('\0').
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
140
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Linux* Installation and Configuration
After the comment string there are 5 display port configuration blocks. The block size is
determined by the number of timing descriptors and attributes associated with each
block.
Port configuration block:
SIZE
TYPE
RANGE
(DESCRIPTION)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------4 bytes unsigned long [1..5] (hardware port number)
4 bytes unsigned long
(data present bits)
4 bytes unsigned long
(display flags)
2 bytes unsigned short
(Flags when EDID is available)
BIT0:
0 - Do not use driver built-in standard timings
1 - Use driver built-in standard timings
BIT1:
0 - Do not use EDID block
1 - Use EDID block and filter modes
BIT2:
0 - Do not use user-DTDs
1 - Use user-DTDs.
2 bytes unsigned short(Flags when EDID is not available)
BIT0:
0 - Do not use driver built-in standard timings
1 - Use driver built-in standard timings
BIT2:
0 - Do not use user-DTDs
1 - Use user-DTDs.
4 bytes unsigned long [0..6] (DDC GPIO pin pair)
4 bytes unsigned long [0..4] (DDC GPIO speed in kHz)
4 bytes unsigned long (DDC GPIO Device Address byte)
4 bytes unsigned long [0..6] (I2C GPIO pin pair)
4 bytes unsigned long [0..4] (I2C GPIO speed in kHz)
4 bytes unsigned long (I2C GPIO Device Address byte)
4 bytes unsigned long (flat panel width, pixels)
4 bytes unsigned long (flat panel height, pixels)
4 bytes unsigned long [0..3] (flat panel power method,
0 - No method for controlling the power)
1 - Port Driver controls the power)
2 - GMCH GPIO pins control the power)
3 - ICH GPIO pins control the power)
4 bytes unsigned long (T1 - flat panel minimum time delay between
VDD active and DVO clock/data active in
milliseconds)
4 bytes unsigned long (T2 - flat panel minimum time delay between
DVO clock/data active and backlight enable
in milliseconds)
4 bytes unsigned long (T3 - flat panel minimum time delay between
backlight disable and DVO clock/data
inactive in milliseconds)
4 bytes unsigned long (T4 - flat panel minimum time delay between
DVO clock/data inactive and VDD inactive in
milliseconds)
4 bytes unsigned long (T5 - flat panel minimum time delay between
VDD inactive and VDD active in milliseconds)
4 bytes unsigned long (flat panel GPIO pin for controlling the Vdd
power)
4 bytes unsigned long (flat panel GPIO pin for controlling the Vee
backlight power)
4 bytes unsigned long (flat panel GPIO pin for enabling the
backlight)
4 bytes unsigned long (number of Display Timing Descriptors)
4 bytes unsigned long (Reserved)
4 bytes unsigned long (number of attributes)
4 bytes unsigned long (Reserved)
Following this are all the Display Timing Descriptors. There can be 0 or more
Timing Descriptor blocks. The actual number of blocks is defined by the value
above.
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
bytes
bytes
bytes
bytes
bytes
bytes
bytes
bytes
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
unsigned
unsigned
unsigned
unsigned
unsigned
unsigned
unsigned
unsigned
short
short
short
long
short
short
short
short
(width)
(height)
(refresh)
(dot clock in kHz)
(x offset)
(y offset)
(h_sync start)
(h_sync length)
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
141
Linux* Installation and Configuration
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
bytes
bytes
bytes
bytes
bytes
bytes
bytes
bytes
bytes
unsigned
unsigned
unsigned
unsigned
unsigned
unsigned
unsigned
unsigned
unsigned
short
short
short
short
short
short
short
short
long
(h_blank start)
(h_blank length)
(v_sync start)
(v_sync length)
(v_blank start)
(v_blank length)
(Reserved)
(Reserved)
(flags)
Following this are all the attributes. There can be 0 or more attributes. The
actual number of attributes is defined by the attribute count value above.
4 bytes unsigned long
4 bytes unsigned long
(id - see igd_pd.h)
(value)
Data Present bits
DDC_GPIO
DDC_SPEED
DDC_DAB
I2C_GPIO
I2C_SPEED
I2C_DAB
FLAT_PANEL_INFO
DTD_LIST
ATTRIBUTE_LIST
0x00000001
0x00000002
0x00000004
0x00000008
0x00000010
0x00000020
0x00000040
0x00000080
0x00000100
Display Flags
READ_MONITOR_EDID
MULTIPLE_DVO
0x00000001
0x00000002
Hardware Port Numbers
The hardware port numbers refer to the actual GMCH hardware display port. Which
ports actually exist vary depending on the chipset.
port
port
port
port
port
8.4.9
1
2
3
4
5
-
Integrated
DVO/sDVO B
DVO/sDVO C
Integrated
Analog CRT
TV Encoder (915GM only)
port
port (or DVO port on 815/E)
LVDS port (852GME, 855GME, or 915GM only)
port
OpenGL* Support
The IEGD supports OpenGL* for the following Intel Chipsets:
• Intel® 845GV
• Intel® 852GM/GME
• Intel® 855GME
• Intel® 915GV/GM chipsets
The OpenGL implementation for IEGD consists of three components.
• libGL.so: This is the shared library that implements the OpenGL and GLX APIs. It
is linked by all OpenGL applications.
• intel.ko: This is the Direct Rendering Manager (DRM). It is a kernel module that
provides the OpenGL application with the permissions necessary to directly access
the DMA buffers used by libGL.
• X Server: The existing IEGD X server driver has been enhanced to communicate
with libGL.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
142
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Linux* Installation and Configuration
Installing the IEGD OpenGL driver provides a fully hardware accelerated
implementation of the OpenGL* library to applications. This implementation makes use
of a Direct Rendering technology, which allows the client to directly write to DMA
buffers that are used by the Graphics Hardware.
Due to the use of direct rendering technology, system designers should take special
care to ensure that only trusted clients are allowed to use the OpenGL library. A
malicious application could otherwise use direct rendering to destabilized the graphics
hardware or, in theory, elevate their permissions on the system.
A system designer can control the access to the direct rendering functionality by
limiting the access to the DRI device file located at:
/dev/dri/card0
The permissions on this device are set by the X-Server using the information provided
in the "DRI" section of the Xorg.conf file.
8.4.10
OpenGL* Installation
To install the IEGD libGL onto a system copy the libGL.so binary from the package to
the standard location. Then compile and install the kernel module from the sources
provided. Lastly, enable the DRI option in the Xorg.conf configuration file.
Note:
The system likely has a version of libGL already installed. You may want to make a
backup copy of the existing library before installing the IEGD library.
1. cd IEGD_5_1_Linux/Driver/Xorg-X11R6.8/
2. cp libGL.so /usr/X11R6/lib/libGL.so.1.2
3. ldconfig
4. cd IEGD_Patches/Drm/
5. make
6. Add the following option to the first IEGD device section in the Xorg.conf file.
Option "DRI" "Yes"
7. restart the X-Server or restart the system
8.4.11
Sample Advanced EDID Configurations for Linux* OS
The edid_avail and edid_not_avail PCF parameters control the available timings for
any display. The edid_avail parameter is used when EDID information is read from
the display. If the driver is unable to read EDID information from the display or if the
edid parameter in the .pcf file is set to "0" (disable), then the settings of the
edid_not_avail parameter are used. Refer to Section 3.9, “Advanced EDID
Configuration” on page 46 for details on specifying these parameters in the PCF file.
There is an edid option that can be placed in the XF86Config or Xorg.conf files that
controls the behavior of the overall driver, and there are also EDID settings within the
PCF file that control the behavior on each port (edid, edid_avail, and
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
143
Linux* Installation and Configuration
edid_not_avail). The combination of these settings determine how the driver
behaves. Table 22 shows various configurations and the expected behavior of the
driver.
Table 22.
Sample Advanced EDID Configurations for Linux* OS
Case
1.
2.
XF86Config “edid”
option
PCF: Per port “edid” option
No “edid” option specified
No edid flag specified
No “edid” option specified
edid=0 for some ports and
edid=1 for some ports
Expected driver behavior
For every port, driver uses
edid_avail.
For edid=0 ports, driver uses
edid_not_avail flags.
For edid=1 ports driver uses
edid_avail flags.
For all ports driver will not read
edid and interprets
edid_not_avail flags.
Note:
3.
“edid”=no
Setting does not matter.
4.
“edid”=yes
edid=0 for some ports and
edid=1 for some ports
Driver overrides any per-port pcf
edid flags, treats all displays as
EDID-less displays, and uses
edid_not_avail flags.
Same as case 2
For all cases:
1. If there is not an edid_not_avail flag specified for a port, and an EDID-less display
is detected, then the driver defaults to using the standard built-in timings for that port.
2. If there is not an edid_avail flag specified for a port, and an EDID display is
detected, then the driver defaults to using the EDID data from the display, plus any
user specified DTDs.
3. If edid=1 and the display device is EDID-less, then the driver uses edid_not_avail
flags.
8.5
Run Time Operation
8.5.1
Runtime Configuration GUI (IEGDGUI)
You can change the configuration and runtime attributes of the driver using the
IEGDGUI runtime configuration tool. The IEGDGUI resides in the IEGD_5_1/Utilities
directory. The Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers GUI (IEGDGUI) is a GUI application
that is used to view and control the Intel Embedded Graphics Drivers. This tool is used
to retrieve status information of the display and driver and also to configure the
supported display attributes. The IEGDGUI also demonstrates multi-monitor support.
8.5.1.1
IEGDGUI Setup
In order to run the IEGDGUI, you need to ensure the XServer has been configured to
use the IEGD. See Section 8.4, “Configuration” on page 129 for details on configuring
and installing the IEGD.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
144
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Linux* Installation and Configuration
You also need to install the QT library. This library comes freely with the Red Hat* 9.0
Linux distribution and Fedora Core 2 and should already be installed. The version of the
QT library for Red Hat 9 is 3.1 and for Fedora Core 2, the version is 3.3. If it is not
installed or available, the library can be downloaded from the following website:
www.trolltech.com
To setup the IEGDGUI, follow this procedure:
1. If the library is not installed, obtain it and copy it to the following directory:
/usr/lib/qt-3.1/lib (for Red Hat 9)
/usr/lib/qt-3.3/lib (for Fedora Core 2)
2. Ensure that the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable points to the QT library
and the X11R6 library. If it does not, type the following command:
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/usr/X11R6/lib:/usr/lib/qt-3.1/lib (for Red
Hat 9)
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/usr/X11R6/lib:/usr/lib/qt-3.3/lib (for Fedora
Core 2)
3. Create the following symbolic links in the appropriate QT library directory :
For Red Hat 9, create the links in the /usr/lib/qt-3.1/lib directory:
cd /usr/lib/qt-3.1/lib
ln -s libqt-mt.so.3.1.1 libqt-mt.so.3
ln -s libqt-mt.so.3.1.1 libqt-mt.so.3.1
ln -s libqt-mt.so.3.1.1 libqt.so
ln -s libqt-mt.so.3.1.1 libqt.so.3
ln -s libqt-mt.so.3.1.1 libqt.so.3.1
ln -s libqt-mt.so.3.1.1 libqt.so.3.1.1
For Fedora Core 2, create the links in the /usr/lib/qt-3.3/lib directory:
cd /usr/lib/qt-3.3/lib
ln -s libqt-mt.so libqt.so
ln -s libqt-mt.so.3 libqt-mt.so.3
ln -s libqt-mt.so.3.3 libqt-mt.so.3.3
ln -s libqt-mt.so.3.3.2 libqt.so.3.3.2
4. Ensure the IEGDGUI is executable by changing directories to .../IEGD_5_1_Linux/
Utilities and running the following command:
ls -l IEGDGUI
Executable permissions should be set for all three Linux groups (root, group, user)
and should look like this:
rwxr_xr_x IEGDGUI ...
If the permissions do not contain an “x” for each group, change the permissions
using the following command:
chmod +rwx IEGDGUI
Once you have completed these steps, the IEGD can be launched.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
145
Linux* Installation and Configuration
8.5.1.2
Using the IEGDGUI Runtime Configuration Utility
The IEGDGUI application provides four tabs: Driver Info, Display Config, Display
Attributes, and Mode.
• Driver Info: Contains the driver status and display information.
• Display Config: Contains current display information and allows configuration of
display modes, flip, rotation, and enabling/disabling of a specified port.
• Display Attributes: Contains the supported Port Driver (PD) attributes and allows
configuration of PD attributes.
• Mode — Contains current resolution and bit depth settings for the primary and
secondary ports. You can change the settings for both the primary and secondary
ports from this tab.
Figure 26 shows the Driver info tab.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
146
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Linux* Installation and Configuration
Figure 26.
Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI-- Driver Info Tab
To view current display information and or to change the current configuration of
display modes, flip, rotation, and enabling/disabling of a specified port, click the
Display Config tab. If you make any changes to the configuration, click the Apply
button for the changes to take effect. Figure 27 shows a sample configuration.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
147
Linux* Installation and Configuration
Figure 27.
Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Config Tab
This page is intentionally left blank.
To view or change the current configuration of the Port Driver, click the Display
Attributes tab. Figure 28 shows a sample configuration. Refer to Appendix C for
detailed information on port driver attributes. If you make any changes to the port
driver attributes, click the Apply button for the changes to take effect.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
148
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Linux* Installation and Configuration
Figure 28.
Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Display Attributes Tab
To view or change the current mode’s resolution and bit depths, click the Mode tab.
The screen that appears depends upon your current configuration. Figure 29 shows a
sample Mode tab screen.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
149
Linux* Installation and Configuration
Figure 29.
Linux* Runtime Configuration GUI — Mode Tab
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
150
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
PCF File Syntax
Appendix A PCF File Syntax
This Appendix describes the complete syntax of the PCF file. It can be used as a template to
build a PCF file. For a sample pcf file, refer to Section 3.7, “Sample PCF File” on page 37.
#------------------------------------------------------------------# PCF Syntax
#------------------------------------------------------------------# General format rules
# 1. Blocks: Syntax: [[block_name] [block_id]] { }.
#
#
#
#
#
#
Blocks are denoted by open and close braces - { }. Blocks may have an
optional block_name. block_name's may contain an optional block_id.
Blocks may contain sub blocks. Blocks may contain assignments,
comments, or blank lines.
a. block_name: Non-quoted ascii string
b. block_id: Integer
# 2. Assignments: Syntax: <name> = <value>
#
a. name: Non-quoted ascii string
#
b. value: Integer or Quoted ascii string
# 3. Known Vocabulary:
#
comment
#
dtd
#
general
#
portorder
#
port
#
displayconfig
#
configid
#
config
#
rotation
#
displayflags
#
multidvo
#
edid
#
edid_avail
#
edid_not_avail
#
fpinfo
#
width
#
height
#
bkltenable
#
bkltmethod
#
bkltt1
#
bkltt2
#
bkltt3
#
bkltt4
#
bkltt5
#
gpiopinvdd
#
gpiopinvee
#
gpiopinbklt
#
dvo
#
i2cpin
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
151
PCF File Syntax
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
i2cdab
i2cspeed
ddcpin
ddcspeed
attr
p_clock
h_active
h_syncp
h_sync
h_border
h_blank
v_active
v_syncp
v_sync
v_border
v_blank
h_size
v_size
flags
# 4. Tokens not found in vocabulary are legal, but they will not be processed
#
into Hungarian format.
# 5. More than 1 DTD is valid within a port block
# 6. More than 1 configuration is valid (1-15)
# 7. Comments can be inserted anywhere in a PCF file. Comment syntax
#
requires the first non-white space character to be a pound sign ('#').
#
All characters following the '#' will then be ignored by the PCF parser.
#
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------# Keyword value definitions
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------# 1. config_id: Integer. Range [1-0x7fffffff].
# 2. comment_string: A quoted string used to identify the origin of the .bin
#
or.inf file.
# 3. config_name_string: A quoted string used to identify the configuration
#
name.
# 4. display_config: Integer. Range:
#
1 - Single
#
2 - Clone
#
4 - Twin
#
8 - Extended
# 5. portorder: 4 digit decimal Integer. Digits are used left to right.
#
1234 = Port 1 -> Port 2 -> Port 3 -> Port 4
#
This order decides the primary and secondary displays.
#
Example: On i845/i85x systems, portorder = "5342" means port 5 is
#
primary display and port 3 is secondary display and so on.
#
Check user guide for more information.
# 6. port_name_string: A quoted string used to identify the port
# 7. rotation: Integer.
#
Windows Range:
#
0x000 0 degrees
#
0x100 - 90 degrees
#
0x200 - 180 degrees
#
0x300 - 270 degrees
#
0x400 0 degree rotation with horizontal flip
#
0x500 - 90 degree rotation with horizontal flip
#
0x600 - 180 degree rotation with horizontal flip
#
0x700 - 270 degree rotation with horizontal flip
#
Linux Range:
#
0
0 degrees
#
90
- 90 degrees
#
180
- 180 degrees
#
270
- 270 degrees
#
# 8. edid: Boolean [0 | 1]
#
0 - Do not read EDID
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
152
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
PCF File Syntax
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
1 - Read EDID block
If no 'edid' is specified in the pcf, then driver reads EDID and
filter modes.
9. edid_avail and edid_not_avail: <16 bits>
----------------------These 2 parameters can be used to control the available timings for
any display. 'edid_avail' is used when EDID is read from the display
device. If the attempt to read EDID is failed or 'edid = 0' then
driver uses 'edid_not_avail' flags.
See below bit definitions for both 'edid_avail' and 'edid_not_avail'
BIT 0:
-----0 - Do not use driver built-in standard timings
1 - Use driver built-in standard timings
BIT1: <not applicable to edid_not_avail>
-----0 - Do not use EDID block
1 - Use EDID block and filter modes
BIT2:
-----0 - Do not use user-DTDs
1 - Use user-DTDs.
BIT3-BIT15
----------Future use.
Default behavior:
----------------If user doesn't provide edid_avail and edid_not_avail, then
edid_avail
= Use Std timings + Use EDID block and Filter modes
edid_not_avail = Use Std timings
10.
11.
12.
13.
i2c_speed: Integer. Range [1-1000]. Units in KHz
fp_width: Integer. Screen resolution width (required for ns2501)
fp_height: Integer. Screen resolution height (required for ns2501)
bklt_method: Integer. Range [0-3]
0 - no backlight
1 - Port Driver
2 - GMCH
3 - ICH
13. bklt_tdelay: Integer. Range [1-0x7fffffff]. Units in ms
15. gpio_pin: Integer. Range [0-0x7fffffff].
---------------------------------------DTD - Detailed Timing Descriptor (16-29)
---------------------------------------16. pixel_clock_khz: Integer. Range [0-0x7fffffff].
17. horizontal_active: Integer. Range [12 bits].
18. horizontal_sync: Integer. Range [10 bits].
19. horizontal_sync_pulsewidth: Integer. Range [10 bits].
20. horizontal_border: Integer. Range [8 bits].
21. horizontal_blank: Integer. Range [12 bits].
22. vertical_active: Integer. Range [12 bits].
23. vertical_sync: Integer. Range [6 bits].
24. vertical_sync_pulsewidth: Integer. Range [6 bits].
25. vertical_border: Integer. Range [8 bits].
26. vertical_blank: Integer. Range [12 bits].
27. horizontal_size: Integer. Range [12 bits].
28. vertical_size: Integer. Range [12 bits].
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
153
PCF File Syntax
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
29. flags: Integer.
Range [32 bits].
bit 31
-----------0 - Non-interlaced
1 - Interlaced
bit 27
-----------0 - vertical sync polarity active low
1 - vertical sync polarity active high
bit 26
-----------0 - horizontal sync polarity active low
1 - horizontal sync polarity active high
bit 25
-----------0 - blank sync polarity active high
1 - blank sync polarity active low
bit 17
-----------0 - Normal DTD
1 - Panel/display Native DTD
All other bits
-------------Do not use any other bits and must be 0.
---------------------------------------Attributes
---------------------------------------30. attribute_id: Unsigned long. Range [0-0xffffffff]
---------------------------------------Vbios Block
---------------------------------------The vBIOS block is only used when creating a Video Bios. Other drivers
will ignore all vbios block parameters.
common_to_port:
Mapping for legacy int15 5f35 common names to port numbers. Unused
names should be mapped to port 0. When the system bios reports a
display to be off by setting a bit in the 5f35 return, the corresponding
port will be disabled.
example
common_to_port = 503000
oem_string:
OEM string returned from VBE 00. Default value is provided
oem_vendor_name
oem_product_name
oem_product_rev:
Strings returned by VBE 00. Default is empty string(s)
default_refresh_<0|1>:
Default refresh rate to use for VBE modes, typically 60, 85 etc.
Default value is 60hz
default_mode_<0|1>:
Default Video mode to set during initialization (Used in TSR)
VGA mode 3 is default
default_vga_height = <200 | 350 | 400> #default is 400
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
154
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
PCF File Syntax
#
VGA mode height to use. This provides support for CGA, EGA and VGA
#
versions of modes 0-4, and 7 when applicable.
#
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------{
# pd block and all members are optional.
pd {
sii164 = <0 | 1>
ch7009 = <0 | 1>
tl955 = <0 | 1>
ns2501 = <0 | 1>
th164 = <0 | 1>
fs454 = <0 | 1>
ns387 = <0 | 1>
lvds = <0 | 1>
ch7017 = <0 | 1>
}
config <config_id> {
comment = "<comment_string>"
name = "<config_name_string>"
general {
displayconfig = <display_config>
portorder
= "port order string"
}
# vbios block and all members are optional.
vbios {
common_to_port = 503000
oem_string="<string>"
oem_vendor_name="<string>"
oem_product_name="<string>"
oem_product_rev="<string>"
default_refresh_0 = <integer>
default_refresh_1 = <integer>
default_mode_0 = <integer>
default_mode_1 = <integer>
}
#default is 60
#default is 60
#default is 3
#default is 3
default_vga_height = <200 | 350 | 400>
#default is 400
port <port_id> {
name = "<port_name_string>"
general {
rotation = <rotation>
edid = <0 | 1>
edid_avail = <16 bits>
edid_not_avail = <16 bits>
multidvo = <0 | 1>
}
dvo {
i2cpin = <0-6>
i2cdab = <0x00-0xff>
i2cspeed = <i2c_speed>
ddcpin = <0-6>
ddcdab = <0x00-0xff>
ddcspeed = <i2c_speed>
}
fpinfo {
width = <fp_width>
height = <fp_height>
bkltmethod = <bklt_method>
bkltt1 = <bklt_tdelay>
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
155
PCF File Syntax
bkltt2 = <bklt_tdelay>
bkltt3 = <bklt_tdelay>
bkltt4 = <bklt_tdelay>
bkltt5 = <bklt_tdelay>
gpiopinvee = <gpio_pin>
gpiopinvdd = <gpio_pin>
gpiopinbklt = <gpio_pin>
UseGMCHClockPin =
<bool_use_clock_pins_vee_dd_bklt>
UseGMCHDataPin =
<bool_use_data_pins_vee_dd_bklt>
}
dtd <dtd_id> {
p_clock
}
attr {
}
}
}
}
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
156
= <pixel_clock_khz>
h_active
h_sync
h_syncp
h_border
h_blank
=
=
=
=
=
<horizontal_active>
<horizontal_sync>
<horizontal_sync_pulsewidth>
<horizontal_border>
<horizontal_blank>
v_active
v_sync
v_syncp
v_border
v_blank
=
=
=
=
=
<vertical_active>
<vertical_sync>
<vertical_sync_pulsewidth>
<vertical_border>
<vertical_blank>
h_size
v_size
= <horizontal_size>
= <vertical_size>
flags
= <dtd_flags>
id <attribute_id> = <0-2^32>
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Example INF File
Appendix B Example INF File
;*******************************************************************************
; Filename: ssigd.inf
; $Revision: 1.434 $
; $Id: ssigd.inf,v 1.434 2005/09/08 05:13:46 anthill Exp $
; $Source: /nfs/fm/proj/eia/cvsroot/ssigd/ial/dx/install/ssigd.inf,v $
;
; Copyright (c) 2003 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
;
;*******************************************************************************
[Version]
Signature="$WINDOWS NT$"
Class=Display
ClassGUID={4D36E968-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%Intel%
CatalogFile=ssigd.cat
DriverVer=09/07/2005,4.0.0.691
;===============================================================================
[SourceDisksNames]
1=%DiskDesc%,,,""
[SourceDisksFiles]
igdmini.sys = 1
igddis.dll = 1
igd3dalm.dll= 1
d3dUtil.sys = 1
ch7009.sys = 1
ch7017.sys = 1
cx873.sys
= 1
fs454.sys
= 1
fs460.sys
= 1
lvds.sys
= 1
ns2501.sys = 1
ns387.sys
= 1
sii164.sys = 1
th164.sys
= 1
sdvo.sys
= 1
;===============================================================================
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir
= 11; System directory
ssigd.Display_wht = 11
ssigd.Display_alm = 11
ssigd.Display_nap = 11
ssigd.Miniport
= 12; Drivers directory
ssigd.d3dUtil
= 12
ssigd.PortDrvs_wht = 12
ssigd.PortDrvs_alm = 12
ssigd.PortDrvs_nap = 12
;===============================================================================
[Manufacturer]
%Intel%=Intel.Mfg
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
157
Example INF File
;===============================================================================
[Intel.Mfg]
%Intel% %i810%
= ssigd_wht, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_7121
%Intel% %i810DC% = ssigd_wht, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_7123
%Intel% %i810E%
= ssigd_wht, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_7125
%Intel% %i815%
= ssigd_wht, PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_1132
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%i830m%
%i835%
%i845%
%i855%
%i865%
=
=
=
=
=
ssigd_alm,
ssigd_alm,
ssigd_alm,
ssigd_alm,
ssigd_alm,
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_3577
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_357B
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2562
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_3582
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2572
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%Intel%
%i915GD0%
%i915GD1%
%i915AL0%
%i915AL1%
%i945LP0%
%i945LP1%
%i945CT0%
%i945CT1%
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
ssigd_nap,
ssigd_nap,
ssigd_nap,
ssigd_nap,
ssigd_nap,
ssigd_nap,
ssigd_nap,
ssigd_nap,
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2582
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2782
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2592
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2792
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2772
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2776
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_27A2
PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_27A6
;===============================================================================
[ssigd_wht.GeneralConfigData]
MaximumNumberOfDevices = 2
MaximumDeviceMemoryConfiguration = 128
[ssigd_alm.GeneralConfigData]
MaximumNumberOfDevices = 2
MaximumDeviceMemoryConfiguration = 128
[ssigd_nap.GeneralConfigData]
MaximumNumberOfDevices = 2
MaximumDeviceMemoryConfiguration = 256
;===============================================================================
[ssigd_wht]
CopyFiles = ssigd.Miniport, ssigd.Display_wht, ssigd.D3DUtil, ssigd.PortDrvs_wht
[ssigd_alm]
CopyFiles = ssigd.Miniport, ssigd.Display_alm, ssigd.D3DUtil, ssigd.PortDrvs_alm
[ssigd_nap]
CopyFiles = ssigd.Miniport, ssigd.Display_nap, ssigd.D3DUtil, ssigd.PortDrvs_nap
;===============================================================================
[ssigd.Miniport]
igdmini.sys
[ssigd.Display_wht]
igddis.dll
[ssigd.Display_alm]
igddis.dll
igd3dalm.dll
[ssigd.Display_nap]
igddis.dll
igd3dalm.dll
[ssigd.D3DUtil]
d3dutil.sys
[ssigd.PortDrvs_wht]
ch7009.sys
ch7017.sys
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
158
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Example INF File
fs454.sys
lvds.sys
ns2501.sys
ns387.sys
sii164.sys
th164.sys
[ssigd.PortDrvs_alm]
ch7009.sys
ch7017.sys
fs454.sys
lvds.sys
ns2501.sys
ns387.sys
sii164.sys
th164.sys
[ssigd.PortDrvs_nap]
sdvo.sys
lvds.sys
;===============================================================================
[ssigd_wht.Services]
AddService = igdmini, 0x00000002, ssigd_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = ch7009, ,ch7009_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = ch7017, ,ch7017_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = fs454, ,fs454_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = lvds,
,lvds_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = ns2501, ,ns2501_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = ns387, ,ns387_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = sii164, ,sii164_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = th164, ,th164_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
[ssigd_alm.Services]
AddService = igdmini, 0x00000002, ssigd_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = d3dUtil, ,d3dUtil_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = ch7009, ,ch7009_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = ch7017, ,ch7017_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = fs454, ,fs454_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = lvds,
,lvds_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = ns2501, ,ns2501_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = ns387, ,ns387_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = sii164, ,sii164_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = th164, ,th164_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
[ssigd_nap.Services]
AddService = igdmini, 0x00000002, ssigd_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = d3dUtil, ,d3dUtil_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = lvds,
,lvds_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
AddService = sdvo,
,sdvo_Service_Inst, ssigd_EventLog_Inst
;===============================================================================
[ssigd_Service_Inst]
ServiceType
= 1
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= 0
LoadOrderGroup = Video
ServiceBinary = %12%\igdmini.sys
[d3dUtil_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "d3dutil"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\d3dutil.sys
[ch7009_Service_Inst]
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
159
Example INF File
DisplayName
ServiceType
StartType
ErrorControl
ServiceBinary
=
=
=
=
=
"ch7009"
%SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
%SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
%SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
%12%\ch7009.sys
[ch7017_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "ch7017"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\ch7017.sys
[fs454_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "fs454"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\fs454.sys
[lvds_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "lvds"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\lvds.sys
[ns2501_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "ns2501"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\ns2501.sys
[ns387_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "ns387"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\ns387.sys
[sii164_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "sii164"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\sii164.sys
[th164_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "th164"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\th164.sys
[sdvo_Service_Inst]
DisplayName
= "sdvo"
ServiceType
= %SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER%
StartType
= %SERVICE_DEMAND_START%
ErrorControl
= %SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE%
ServiceBinary = %12%\sdvo.sys
;===============================================================================
[ssigd_EventLog_Inst]
AddReg = ssigd_EventLog_AddReg
[ssigd_EventLog_AddReg]
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
160
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Example INF File
HKR,,EventMessageFile,0x00020000,"%SystemRoot%\System32\IoLogMsg.dll;%SystemRoot%\Syst
em32\drivers\igdmini.sys"
HKR,,TypesSupported,0x00010001,7
;===============================================================================
[ssigd_wht.SoftwareSettings]
AddReg = ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_wht
[ssigd_alm.SoftwareSettings]
AddReg = ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_alm
[ssigd_nap.SoftwareSettings]
AddReg = ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_nap
;===============================================================================
[ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_wht]
HKR,, InstalledDisplayDrivers, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, igddis
HKR,, MultiFunctionSupported, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, 1
HKR,, VgaCompatible, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR,, PcfVersion,
%REG_DWORD%, 0x0400
HKR,, No_D3D, %REG_DWORD%, 1
HKR,, PortDrivers, %REG_SZ%, "ch7009 ch7017 fs454 lvds ns2501 ns387 sii164 th164"
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------[ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_alm]
HKR,, InstalledDisplayDrivers, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, igddis
HKR,, MultiFunctionSupported, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, 1
HKR,, VgaCompatible, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR,, PcfVersion,
%REG_DWORD%, 0x0400
HKR,, No_D3D, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR,, PortDrivers, %REG_SZ%, "ch7009 ch7017 fs454 lvds ns2501 ns387 sii164 th164"
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------[ssigd_SoftwareDeviceSettings_nap]
HKR,, InstalledDisplayDrivers, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, igddis
HKR,, MultiFunctionSupported, %REG_MULTI_SZ%, 1
HKR,, VgaCompatible, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR,, PcfVersion,
%REG_DWORD%, 0x0400
HKR,, No_D3D, %REG_DWORD%, 0
HKR,, PortDrivers, %REG_SZ%, "sdvo lvds"
HKR,,
HKR, pd
HKR, Config\1\General
HKR, Config\1\General
HKR, Config\1\General
KR, Config\1\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
PcfVersion, %REG_DWORD%, 0x0400
,
sii164, %REG_DWORD%, 1
, DisplayConfig, %REG_DWORD%, 4
, DisplayDetect, %REG_DWORD%, 1
,
PortOrder, %REG_SZ%,
"3520"
,
Rotation, %REG_DWORD%, 0
,
Edid, %REG_DWORD%, 1
,
EdidAvail, %REG_DWORD%, 3
, EdidNotAvail, %REG_DWORD%, 1
,
MultiDvo, %REG_DWORD%, 1
,
DdcPin, %REG_DWORD%, 3
,
DdcSpeed, %REG_DWORD%, 100
,
ddcdab, %REG_DWORD%, 165
,
I2cPin, %REG_DWORD%, 4
,
I2cSpeed, %REG_DWORD%, 120
,
I2cDab, %REG_DWORD%, 104
,
Width, %REG_DWORD%, 800
,
Height, %REG_DWORD%, 600
,
bklmethod, %REG_DWORD%, 1
,
BkltT1, %REG_DWORD%, 50
,
BkltT2, %REG_DWORD%, 25
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
161
Example INF File
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Dtd\1
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\1\Port\3\Attr
HKR, Config\2
Driver Platform Configuration
HKR, Config\2\General
HKR, Config\2\General
HKR, Config\2\General
HKR, Config\2\Port\3
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\General
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dvo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\FpInfo
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
HKR, Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
162
,
BkltT3,
,
BkltT4,
,
BkltT5,
,
GpioPinVdd,
,
GpioPinVee,
, gpiopinenable,
,
PixelClock,
,
HorzActive,
,
HorzSync,
, HorzSyncPulse,
,
HorzBorder,
,
HorzBlank,
,
VertActive,
,
VertSync,
, VertSyncPulse,
,
VertBorder,
,
VertBlank,
,
HorzSize,
,
VertSize,
,
Flags,
,
2,
,
4,
,
6,
,
8,
,
16,
,
9,
,
name,
File"
, DisplayConfig,
, DisplayDetect,
,
PortOrder,
,
name,
,
Rotation,
,
Edid,
,
EdidAvail,
, EdidNotAvail,
,
MultiDvo,
,
DdcPin,
,
DdcSpeed,
,
ddcdab,
,
I2cPin,
,
I2cSpeed,
,
I2cDab,
,
Width,
,
Height,
,
bklmethod,
,
BkltT1,
,
BkltT2,
,
BkltT3,
,
BkltT4,
,
BkltT5,
,
GpioPinVdd,
,
GpioPinVee,
, gpiopinenable,
,
PixelClock,
,
HorzActive,
,
HorzSync,
, HorzSyncPulse,
,
HorzBorder,
,
HorzBlank,
,
VertActive,
,
VertSync,
, VertSyncPulse,
,
VertBorder,
,
VertBlank,
,
HorzSize,
,
VertSize,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_SZ%,
15
10
5
3
5
1
30000
800
32
120
0
224
600
3
2
0
24
25
19
0
50
25
75
100
35
45
"Intel(R) Embedded Graphics
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_SZ%,
%REG_SZ%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
2
1
"3520"
"port3"
0
1
3
1
1
3
100
165
4
120
104
800
600
1
50
25
15
10
5
3
5
1
25000
640
8
128
0
160
480
10
2
0
45
21
16
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Example INF File
HKR,
HKR,
HKR,
HKR,
HKR,
Config\2\Port\3\Dtd\2
Config\2\Port\3\Attr
Config\2\Port\3\Attr
Config\2\Port\3\Attr
Config\2\Port\3\Attr
,
,
,
,
,
Flags,
2,
4,
8,
16,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
%REG_DWORD%,
0
50
25
100
35
;===============================================================================
[Strings]
;---------------------------------------------------------------------; Localizable Strings
;---------------------------------------------------------------------Intel="Intel Corporation"
DiskDesc="Embedded Installation"
i810="810 Embedded Graphics Controller"
i810DC="810DC Embedded Graphics Controller"
i810E="810E Embedded Graphics Controller"
i815="815 Embedded Graphics Controller"
i830m="830M Embedded Graphics Controller"
i835="835 Embedded Graphics Controller"
i845="845 Embedded Graphics Controller"
i855="855 Embedded Graphics Controller"
i865="865 Embedded Graphics Controller"
i915GD0="915G/915GV/910GL Embedded Graphics Controller Function 0"
i915GD1="915G/915GV/910GL Embedded Graphics Controller Function 1"
i915AL0="915GM/915GMS/910GML Embedded Graphics Controller Function 0"
i915AL1="915GM/915GMS/910GML Embedded Graphics Controller Function 1"
i945LP0="945G Embedded Graphics Controller Function 0"
i945LP1="945G Embedded Graphics Controller Function 1"
i945CT0="945GM Embedded Graphics Controller Function 0"
i945CT1="945GM Embedded Graphics Controller Function 1"
;---------------------------------------------------------------------; Non Localizable Strings
;---------------------------------------------------------------------SERVICE_BOOT_START
= 0x0
SERVICE_SYSTEM_START
= 0x1
SERVICE_AUTO_START
= 0x2
SERVICE_DEMAND_START
= 0x3
SERVICE_DISABLED
= 0x4
SERVICE_KERNEL_DRIVER
= 0x1
SERVICE_ERROR_IGNORE
SERVICE_ERROR_NORMAL
SERVICE_ERROR_SEVERE
SERVICE_ERROR_CRITICAL
=
=
=
=
REG_EXPAND_SZ
REG_MULTI_SZ
REG_DWORD
REG_SZ
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
=
=
=
=
0x0;
0x1;
0x2;
0x3;
Continue on driver load fail
Display warn, but continue
Attempt LastKnownGood
Attempt LastKnownGood, BugCheck
0x00020000
0x00010000
0x00010001
0x00000000
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
163
Example INF File
This page is intentionally left blank.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
164
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Port Driver Attributes
Appendix C Port Driver Attributes
C.1
Standard Port Driver Attributes
Table 23 lists the attributes available to port drivers. Some of these standard attributes
can be customized for specific port drivers and are detailed in the following sections of
this appendix.
Note:
Not all standard attributes are supported by all port drivers. Refer to the following
sections for details on the specific attributes supported by each port driver.
Table 23.
Standard Port Driver Attributes
Attribute Name
BRIGHTNESS
Attribute
ID Number
0
Description
Brightness adjustment.
CONTRAST
1
Contrast adjustment.
HUE
2
Hue adjustment.
FLICKER
3
Setting to reduce flicker.
HPOSITION
4
Controls the horizontal position of the display.
VPOSITION
5
Controls the vertical position of the display.
HSCALE
6
Horizontal scaling ratio.
VSCALE
7
Vertical scaling ratio.
TVFORMAT
8
TV formats are device-specific.
DISPLAY DEVICE
9
Allows selection of different displays for multidisplay devices. This attribute is device-specific.
LUMA FILTER
10
TV Luma Filter adjustment.
CHROMA FILTER
11
ChromaFilter adjustment.
TEXT FILTER
12
TV Luma Filter adjustment.
MACROVISION
13
Video Copy Protection.
TV output types. This attribute is device-specific.
TV OUTPUT TYPE
14
SATURATION
15
Saturation adjustment.
FP WIDTH
16
Flat panel width.
Note: TV Output Types are limited to svideo and
composite for the VBIOS.
FP HEIGHT
17
Flat panel height.
PANEL FIT
18
Panel fitting. Yes or no.
SCALING RATIO
19
Output Scaling. Device-specific.
FP BACKLIGHT ENABLE
20
Enable flat panel backlight.
FP PWR T1
21
VDD Active - DVO CLK/DATA active.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
165
Port Driver Attributes
Table 23.
Standard Port Driver Attributes
Attribute Name
C.2
Attribute
ID Number
Description
FP PWR T2
22
DVO active - Backlight enable.
FP PWR T3
23
DVO inactive - Backlight disable.
FP PWR T4
24
DVO inactive - VDD inactive.
FP PWR T5
25
VDD inactive - VDD active
PANEL DEPTH
26
Range 18 - 24.
2 CHANNEL PANEL
27
Dual-channel panel.
GANG MODE
28
Gang display or not.
GANG MODE EVEN ODD
29
Gang display even or odd.
REVERSE DVO DATA
30
Reverses DVO data order.
SHARPNESS
31
Sharpness.
HWCONFIG
32
Hardware Configuration for DVO encoders that
support multiple configurations.
HORZFILTER
33
Horizontal Filter.
VERTFILTER
34
Vertical Filter.
Port Driver Customized Attributes
This section provides information on TV and Flat Panel attributes for specific port
drivers and includes information on the following DVO port drivers:
• CH7009/CH7010 Chrontel* DVO port driver
• CH7017/CH7305 Chrontel* DVO port driver
• FS453/FS454 Focus* DVO port driver
Note:
In the following tables, device-specific (non-standard) attributes are highlighted in
gray.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
166
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Port Driver Attributes
C.2.1
Chrontel* CH7009/CH7010 Port Driver TV Attributes
Table 24 lists the TV attributes for the Chrontel* CH7009/CH7010 port drivers.
Table 24.
Chrontel* CH7009/CH7010 Port Driver TV Attributes (Sheet 1 of 2)
Registry Entry
Attribute ID
Description
Possible Ranges
0
Screen brightness
0-100. Default is 50.
Recommend 61 for NTSC-M, NTSC443/433, and PAL-M.
Recommend 37 for NTSC-J.
Recommend 42 for PAL-B/D/G/H/I/
N formats.
CONTRAST
1
Color contrast. A setting of 0
reduces the contrast, a setting
of 1 leaves the image
unchanged, and values beyond
1 increase the contrast.
0-7. Default is 3.
FLICKERFILTER
3
TV Flicker Filter. The higher the
value, the higher the amount of
flicker filtering and text
enhancement.
0-1000. Default is 999.
Recommend 999 or 1000.
4
Horizontal Position. Increasing
the value moves the image to
the right and decreasing the
value moves the image to the
left.
0-511. Default is 64.
5
Vertical Position. The value
represents the TV line number
relative to the VGA vertical sync.
Increasing the value moves the
image down and decreasing the
value moves the image up.
0-511. Default is 0.
BRIGHTNESS
HPOSITION
VPOSITION
TVFORMAT
8
TV Format
1 = NTSC-M
2 = NTSC-M-J
3 = NTSC-433
4= PAL-M
5= PAL-B
6= PAL-G
7= PAL-D
8= PAL-H
9= PAL-I
10= PAL-N
11 = PAL-60
The default is 1, NTSC-M.
ID_DISPLAY
9
Attached display type.
1 = DVI Flat panel
2 = TV
Default is 2, TV.
10
TV Luma Filter used in the
scaling and flicker reduction
block applied to low and high
frequency of the luminance
signal according to their specific
scaling ratio.
0-3. Default is 3.
LUMA_FILTER
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
167
Port Driver Attributes
Table 24.
Chrontel* CH7009/CH7010 Port Driver TV Attributes (Continued) (Sheet 2 of
Registry Entry
CHROMA_FILTER
TEXT_FILTER
OUTPUT_TYPES
Attribute ID
Description
Possible Ranges
11
TV Chroma Filter. This value
limits the bandwidth of the
chroma signal in the CVBS and
S-Video output signals.
(Refer to Chrontel* CH7009
Data Sheets/Specification for a
description of the Video
Bandwith Register.)
0 = less bandwidth
1= more bandwidth.
Default is 1.
12
TV Text Filter that controls the
text enhancement capability
designed in the chip. A value of
0 minimizes the enhancement
feature while a value of 7
maximizes it.
0-7. Default is 3.
14
TV Output Types
1 = COMPOSITE
2 = SVIDEO
3 = CPSTSV (Composite and SVideo)
4 = SCART1
5 = SCART2
Note: TV Output Types are limited
to svideo and composite for the
VBIOS. These only apply to TV
mode, not Flat Panel mode (see
attr 9).
SCALING_RATIO
19
Overscan
0 = Normal
1 = Overscan
VGA_BYPASS
32769
VGA Bypass. This attribute is
associated with the Hardware
Configuration attribute.
0 = disable VGA Bypass.
1 = enable VGA Bypass
Default is 0, disable VGA Bypass.
32770
TV Dot Crawl (NTSC only). Dot
crawl affects the edges of color
and manifests itself as moving
dots of color along these edges.
A value of 1 freezes dot crawl; 0
allows dot crawl to run freely.
0 = have Dot Crawl run freely
1 = freeze Dot Crawl
Default is 0.
Hardware Configuration. This
attribute works in conjunction
with the VGA Bypass and
Display Device attributes.
1-2. Default is 1.
If set to 1 and:
VGA Bypass = 1 — Both DVI
and VGA are enabled
VGA Bypass = 0 — DVI or TV
are enabled
If set to 2 and:
DVI connection detected — only
DVI is enabled
no DVI connection detected and
VGA Bypass = 1 — only VGA
Bypass enabled
no DVI connection detected and
VGA Bypass = 0 — only DVI
enabled.
DOT_CRAWL
HW_CONFIG
32771
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
168
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Port Driver Attributes
C.2.2
Chrontel* CH7017/CH7305 Port Driver Attributes
Table 25 shows the attributes for the Chrontel* CH7017 and CH7305 port drivers
Table 25.
Chrontel* CH7017/CH7305 Port Driver Attributes (Sheet 1 of 4)
Registry Entry
Attribute
ID
Description
Possible Ranges
BRIGHTNESS
0
Screen brightness
0-100. Default is 50.
Recommend 61 for NTSC-M,
NTSC-443/433, and PAL-M.
Recommend 37 for NTSC-J.
Recommend 42 for PAL-B/D/G/
H/I/N formats.
CONTRAST
1
Color contrast
0-7. Default is 3.
FLICKERFILTER
3
TV Flick Filter
0-1000. Default is 999.
Recommend 999 or 1000.
4
Horizontal Position. This
shifts the displayed TV
image in horizontally to
center the image on the
screen. Increasing the value
moves the image to the right
and decreasing the value
moves the image to the left.
0-512. Default is 46.
Increment by 1.
5
Vertical Position. This shifts
the displayed TV image in a
vertically to center the
image. The value represents
the TV line number relative
to the VGA vertical sync.
Increasing the value delays
the output of TV vertical
sync, thus moving the image
down. Decreasing the value
moves the image up.
0-512. Default is 6.
Increment by 1.
HPOSITION
VPOSITION
TVFORMAT
8
TV Format
1 = NTSC-M
2 = NTSC-M-J
3 = NTSC-433
4= PAL-M
5= PAL-B
6= PAL-G
7= PAL-D
8= PAL-H
9= PAL-I
10= PAL-N
11 = PAL-60
ID_DISPLAY
9
Attached display type.
1 = LVDS panel
2 = TV
LUMA_FILTER
10
TV Luma Filter
0-3. Default is 3.
CHROMAFILTER
11
TV Chroma Filter. This value
limits the bandwidth of the
chroma signal in the CVBS
and S-Video output signals.
(Refer to Chrontel* CH7009
Data Sheets/Specification
for a description of the Video
Bandwith Register.)
0 = less bandwidth
1= more bandwidth.
Default is 1.
TEXTFILTER
12
TV Text Filter
0-7. Default is 3.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
169
Port Driver Attributes
Table 25.
Chrontel* CH7017/CH7305 Port Driver Attributes (Continued) (Sheet 2 of 4)
Registry Entry
TVOUT_TYPE
Attribute
ID
14
Description
TV Output Types
Possible Ranges
1 = COMPOSITE
2 = SVIDEO
3 = COMPONENT
4 = CPSTSV (Composite and SVideo)
5 = RGB
6 = RGB+CVBS
7 = SCART1
8 = SCART2
Note: TV Output Types are
limited to svideo and composite
for the VBIOS.
FLAT_PANEL_WIDTH
16
Flat panel display width.
0 - 2048. Default 1024.
Recommend native panel width.
FLAT_PANEL_HEIGHT
17
Flat panel display height.
0 - 2048. Default 768.
Recommend native panel height.
19
Screen scale ratio
1 = 5 to 4
2 = 1 to 1
3 = 7 to 8 (NTSC only)
4 = 5 to 6
5 = 5 to 7 (PAL only)
6 = 5 to 8
7 = 5 to 9
8 = 3 to 4 (NTSC only)
9 = 7 to 10 (NTSC only)
10 = 1 to 2 (NTSC only)
21
Power Sequencing T1; VDD
Active. Defines the power on
time T1, the time duration
between LVDS_RDY
(internal) signal to a valid
LVDS clock and data.
1-512.
Increment of 1.
Default = 255.
22
Power Sequencing T2;
Backlight Active. This
defines the Backlight Enable
Time (T2), the waiting time
after a valid LVDS clock and
data before enabling the
LVDS panel backlight.
2-256;
Increment of 2.
Default = 127
23
Power Sequencing T3;
Backlight Inactive. This
defines the Backlight Disable
time (T3), the required time
after disabling the backlight
before the valid LVDS clock
and Data become tri-stated
or disabled.
2-256;
Increment of 2.
Default = 127
24
Power Sequencing T4; VDD
Inactive. This defines the
Power Off time (T4), the
required time prior to power
off after the valid LVDS
Clock and Data become tristated or disabled.
1-512.
Increment of 1.
Default = 255.
SCALINGRATIO
POWERSEQUENCET1
POWERSEQUENCET2
POWERSEQUENCET3
POWERSEQUENCET4
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
170
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Port Driver Attributes
Table 25.
Chrontel* CH7017/CH7305 Port Driver Attributes (Continued) (Sheet 3 of 4)
Registry Entry
POWERSEQUENCET5
Attribute
ID
25
Description
Power Sequencing T5; VDD
Active to Inactive. This
defines the Power Cycle time
(T5), the waiting time
required prior to enabling
power on after power has
been off.
Possible Ranges
1-1600.
Increment of 50.
Default = 800.
18 - 24 bits.
PANELDEPTH
26
Panel Depth defines the
picture format, which is
either 18 bits or 24 bits.
Increment by 6.
Default is 18.
Recommend 24 for TV. For flat
panels, refer to the panel
specification.
SINGLE/DUALCHANNEL
27
Single/Dual Channel defines
the chip channel mode.
0 = Single
1 = Dual
Default is 0.
Recommend 0 for TV. For flat
panels, refer to the panel
specification.
VGAOUT
32769
Enables or Disables VGA
Output, which controls the
VGA Bypass associated with
the 32771 attribute.
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
Default is 0.
Data Path controls the data
path from D1 and D2 input
to the internal TV and LVDS
blocks.
1 -4
1 = routs D1 to
2 = routs D1 to
TV (DVOB)
3 = routs D1 to
LVDS (DV0C)
4 = routs D2 to
Default is 3.
DATAPATH
TEXTTUNINGCOEFFIECIENT
32770
32771
Determines how text is
rendered on a display.
(Supported only in fullmode.)
0
1
2
3
4
=
=
=
=
=
both blocks
LVDS and D2 to
TV and D2 to
both blocks
Smooth
Normal
Plain
Sharp
Very sharp
Default is 1, Normal.
DOT_CRAWL
32772
Dot Crawl affects the edges
of color and manifests itself
as moving dots of color
along these edges. A setting
of 1 freezes dot crawl while a
setting of 0 allows dot crawl
to run freely. (NTSC only)
LVDS_SPEC
32773
Opens LDI or SPWG. This
determines the encoded
data format.
0 = Open LDI
1 = Open SPWG
Default is 0.
32776
EMI Coupling CAP (EMI/PLL
Setting). This controls the
LVDS PLL Capacitor, which
allows coupling of any signal
to the on chip loop filter
capacitor.
Note: EMI settings are
subject to change upon
panel specifications.
1-15.
Increment by 1.
1 for 1024x768 panel
9 for 1400x1050 panel
10 for 1600x1200 panel
EMICOUPLINGCAP
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
0 = Have Dot Crawl run freely
1 = Freeze Dot Crawl
Default is 0.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
171
Port Driver Attributes
Table 25.
Chrontel* CH7017/CH7305 Port Driver Attributes (Continued) (Sheet 4 of 4)
Registry Entry
Attribute
ID
Description
Possible Ranges
0-2048
If input clock frequency is:
40, enter 51
65, enter 127
108, enter 150
162, enter 290
EMIFDDIVIDER
32777
The EMI FD Divider defines
the LVDS PLL Spread
Spectrum Frequency Divider
Control.
EMIFBDIVIDER
32778
The EMI FB Divider defines
the LVDS PLL Spread
Spectrum Frequency
Feedback Divider Control.
0-2048
Increment by 1.
Default = 7.
The EMI Loop Filter Resistor
controls the LVDS PLL Loop
Filter Resistor.
Range from 0-7
0 = 1800 Ohms
1 = 2600 Ohms
2 = 1000 Ohms
3 = 2300 Ohms
4 = 21,800 Ohms
5 = 42,600 Ohms
6 = 11,000 Ohms
7 = 73,200 Ohms
Default is 2.
Recommend 3 if IEGD 3.3 driver
or earlier is installed.
The EMI Reduction Resistor
determines the Spread
Spectrum Oscillator
Frequency setting or the
amplitude of an external
frequency source.
Range from 0-7
0 = 0uA
1 = 10uA
2 = 20uA
3 = 30uA
4 = 40uA
5 = 50uA
6 = 60uA
7 = 70uA
Default is 3.
Recommend 4 if IEGD 3.3 driver
or earlier is installed.
EMILOOPFILTERRESISTOR
EMIREDUCTIONRESISTOR
32779
32780
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
172
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Port Driver Attributes
C.2.3
Chrontel* CH7307 Port Driver Attributes
Table 26 shows the attributes for the Chrontel* CH7307 port driver.
Table 26.
Chrontel* CH7017/CH7307 Port Driver Attributes
Registry Entry
Attribute
ID
Description
Possible Ranges
FLAT_PANEL_WIDTH
16
Flat panel display width.
0 - 2048. Default 1024.
Recommend native panel width.
FLAT_PANEL_HEIGHT
17
Flat panel display height.
0 - 2048. Default 768.
Recommend native panel height.
Spread Spectrum Clocking
39
Spectrum clocking
0-15
Default = 0
Step = 1
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
173
Port Driver Attributes
C.2.4
Chrontel* CH7308 Port Driver Attributes
Table 27 shows the attributes for the Chrontel* CH7308 port driver.
Table 27.
Chrontel* CH7308 Port Driver Attributes
Registry Entry
Attribute
ID
Description
Possible Ranges
FLAT_PANEL_WIDTH
16
Flat panel display width.
0 - 2048.
Default = 1024.
Recommend native panel width.
FLAT_PANEL_HEIGHT
17
Flat panel display height.
0 - 2048.
Default = 768.
Recommend native panel height.
FLAT_PANEL_POWER_T1
21
VDD Active - DVO CLK/DATA
active.
0 - 1023
Default = 25
Step = 1
FLAT_PANEL_POWER_T2
22
DVO active - Backlight
enable.
0 - 1023
Default = 250
Step = 1
FLAT_PANEL_POWER_T3
23
DVO active - Backlight
disable.
0 - 1023
Default = 250
Step = 1
FLAT_PANEL_POWER_T4
24
DVO inactive - VDD inactive.
0 - 1023
Default = 25
Step = 1
FLAT_PANEL_POWER_T5
25
VDD inactive - VDD active
0 - 1023
Default = 400
Step = 1
LVDS Color Depth
26
DUAL_CHANNEL
27
1 = 18 bits
2 = 24 bits
Default = 1
Dual-channel pane
Default - 0
Spread Spectrum Clocking
39
Spectrum Clocking
0-15
Default = 0
Step = 1
Dither
41
Dither setting
Default = 0
HSync Panel Protection
42
Horizontal sync panel
protection
Default = 0
VSync Panel Protection
43
Vertical sync panel
protection
Default = 0
Pixel Clock Protection
44
Pixel clock protection
Default = 0
LVDS Panel Connector
45
LVDS panel connector.
1 = SPWG
2 = OpenLDI
Default = 1
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
174
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Port Driver Attributes
C.2.5
Focus* FS453/FS454 Port Driver TV Attributes
Table 28 lists the TV attributes for the Focus* FS453 and FS454 port drivers.
Table 28.
Focus* FS453/FS454 Port Driver TV Attributes (Sheet 1 of 2)
Registry Entry
Attribute ID
Description
Possible Ranges
BRIGHTNESS
0
Screen Brightness
0-100
CONTRAST
1
Color Contrast
0-100
FLICKER
3
Flicker Filter
0-1000, default is 1000
HPOSITION
4
Horizontal Position
0-100
VPOSITION
5
Vertical Position
0-100
HSCALE
6
Horizontal Scale
0-1000, increment by 10.
VSCALE
7
Vertical Scale
0-1000, increment by 10.
TVFORMAT
8
TV Format
1 = NTSC
2 = NTSC-EIAJ
3 = PAL
4 = PAL-D
5 = PAL-G
6 = PAL-H
7 = PAL-I
8 = PAL-M
9 = PAL-N
10 = PAL-NC
11 = PAL-60
12 = 480P
13 = 720P
LUMAFILTER
10
Luma Filter
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
CHROMAFILTER
11
Chroma Filter
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
MACROVISON
13
Video Copy Protection.
TVOUTTYPE
14
TV Output Format
1
2
3
4
5
6
=
=
=
=
=
=
CVBS
CVBS+Y/C
Y/C
YPrPb
SCART-RGB
VGA-DAC
Note: TV Output Types are
limited to svideo and
composite for the VBIOS.
SATURATION
15
Color Saturation
0-100. Default is 50.
REVERSE DVO DATA
30
Reverses the data order coming
out of the DVO port.
0 = Normal DVO data order
1 = Reverse the DVO RGB
data order.
Default is 0.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
175
Port Driver Attributes
Table 28.
Focus* FS453/FS454 Port Driver TV Attributes (Continued) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Registry Entry
SHARPNESS
Attribute ID
31
Description
Possible Ranges
Image Sharpness
0-1000. Default is 800.
HWCONFIG
32
Hardware Configuration. This
attribute allows you to select a
hardware configuration for the
FS453/FS454 port drivers.
0 = Standard configuration
1 = FS454 ADD card
2 = ADD card (Japan J
connector)
3 = Standard configuration
(invert clock)
Default is 3 for the FS454.
HORZFILTER
33
Horizontal Filter
0-100. Default is 50.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
176
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Port Driver Attributes
C.2.6
National Semiconductor* NS387R Port Driver LVDS Attributes
Table 29 lists the LVDS attributes for the National Semiconductor* NS387R port driver.
Table 29.
National Semiconductor* NS387R Port Driver LVDS Attributes
Registry Entry
Attribute ID
Description
Possible Ranges
Flat Panel Width.
Note: The NS387R does not
support scaling. In this case, FP
Width and Height are used to
limit the number of modes
exported to the panel. Only
matching modes with FP Width
and Height are exported.
0 - 2048
Default = 0
FP WIDTH
16
FP HEIGHT
17
Flat Panel Height
0 - 2048
Default = 0
GANG MODE
28
Gang display or not.
0 = Off
1 = On
Default = 0
GANG MODE EVEN
ODD
29
Gang display even or odd.
0 = Even
1 = Odd
Default = 0
30
Reverses the data order coming
out of the DVO port.
0 = Normal DVO data order
1 = Reverse the DVO RGB
data order.
Default is 0.
REVERSE DVO DATA
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
177
Port Driver Attributes
C.2.7
Silicon Image* Sil164 Port Driver DVI Attributes
Table 30 lists the DVI attributes for the Silicon Image* Sii164 port driver.
Table 30.
Silicon Image* Sil164 Port Driver DVI Attributes
Registry Entry
Attribute ID
Description
Possible Ranges
Flat Panel Width
FP WIDTH
16
FP HEIGHT
17
EDGE SELECT
32769
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
178
Note: The Sii164 does not
support scaling. In this case, FP
Width and Height are used to
limit the number of modes
exported to the panel. Only
matching modes with FP Width
and Height are exported.
0 - 2048
Default = 0
Flat Panel Height
0 - 2048
Default = 0
Allows you to invert the input
clock signal.
0 = Input data is falling
edge latched
1 = Input data is rising edge
latched
Default = 0
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Port Driver Attributes
C.2.8
Silicon Image* Sil 1362/Sil 1364Port Driver DVI Attributes
Table 31 lists the DVI attributes for the Silicon Image* Sil 1362/1364 port drivers.
Table 31.
Silicon Image* Sil 1362/Sil 1364 Port Driver DVI Attributes
Registry Entry
Attribute ID
Description
Possible Ranges
FP WIDTH
16
Flat Panel Width
0 - 2048
Default = 0
Step = 1
FP HEIGHT
17
Flat Panel Height
0 - 2048
Default = 0
Step = 1
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
179
Port Driver Attributes
C.2.9
Texas Instruments * TFP410 DVI Port Driver Attributes
The Texas Instruments* TFP410 transmitter is supported on the following chipsets:
• Intel® 815/815E
• Intel® 845GV
• Intel® 852GM
• Intel® 852GME
• Intel® 855GME
Table 32 lists the DVI attributes for the Texas Instruments* TFP 410 port drivers.
Table 32.
Texas Instruments* TFP 410 DVI Port Driver Attributes
Registry Entry
Attribute ID
Description
Possible Ranges
FP WIDTH
16
Flat Panel Width
0 - 2048
Default = 0
Step = 1
FP HEIGHT
17
Flat Panel Height
0 - 2048
Default = 0
Step = 1
EDGE SELECT
32771
Allows you to invert the input
clock signal.
0 = Input data is falling
edge latched
1 = Input data is rising edge
latched
Default = 0
BUS SELECT
32771
Allows you to select between 12bit dual edge mode (value = 0)
or 4-bit single edge mode
(value=1).
0 = 12-bit dual edge mode
1 = 4-bit single edge mode
Default = 1
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
180
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Port Driver Attributes
C.3
Chipset and Port Driver-Specific Installation Information
Table 33.
Default DVO Search Order
Chipset
Default DVO Search Order
815/815E
Table 34.
DVO
845GV
DVOC, DVOB
85xGME
DVOC, DVOB, LVDS
852GM
DVOC, DVOB, LVDS
915GV
sDVOB, sDVOC
915GM
sDVOB, sDVOC, LVDS
945G
sDVOB, sDVOC
945GM
sDVOB, sDVOC, LVDS
Default GPIO Pin Pair Assignments
Default GPIO Pin Pair for EDID
Chipset
DVO/A
Table 35.
DVOB
DVOC
LVDS
815E
0
N/A
N/A
N/A
845GV
N/A
3
3
N/A
85xGME
2
3
3
2
852GM
2
3
3
2
915GV
N/A
4
4
N/A
915GM
N/A
4
4
2
945G
N/A
4
4
N/A
945GM
N/A
4
4
2
Default IC2 Device Address Byte Assignment
Port Driver
Default Device Address Bytes (DAB)
CH7009
0xEC
CH7307
0x70 (for first sDVO device)
0x72 (for second sDVO device)
CH7308
0x70 (for first sDVO device)
0x72 (for second sDVO device)
FS454
0x94
NS2501
0x70
NS387R
0x70
SiI164
0x70
Sil1362
0x70 (for first sDVO device)
0x72 (for second sDVO device)
Sil1364
0x70 (for first sDVO device)
0x72 (for second sDVO device)
TFP410
0x70
TH164
0x70
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
181
Port Driver Attributes
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
182
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel 5F Extended Interface Functions
Appendix D Intel 5F Extended Interface Functions
The BIOS provides a set of proprietary function calls to control operation of the
extended features. These function calls all use AH = 5Fh in their designed interface for
easy identification as a proprietary function
These functions are designed to maintain maximum compatibility with the Desktop and
Mobile Video BIOS. As such many of the definitions behave identically. When the
behavior of the Embedded Video BIOS is not identical to the Desktop and Mobile Video
BIOS it is noted.
In addition to these 5F functions, the Video BIOS also supports all 4F functions defined
by the VESA BIOS Extension (VBE) Core Functions Standard, Version 3.0 with the
exception of the 0A function (Return VBE Protected Mode Interface). All other
functions, from 00 through 09 and 0B are supported by the Video BIOS. Click on the
following link to view the VBE 3.0 Core Functions Standard document.
http://www.vesa.org/Public/VBE/vbe3.pdf
Table 36 provides a summary of the IEGD supported Intel 5F functions.
Table 36.
Summary of Intel 5F Extended Interface Functions
Function
Function Name
Description
BIOS Extended Interface Functions
5F01h
Get Video BIOS Information
Gets VBIOS Build Information.
5F05h
Refresh Rate
Sets a new vertical refresh rate for a given mode
and returns the current vertical refresh rate
5F10h
Get Display Memory Information
Returns information about the linear memory.
5F1Ch
BIOS Pipe Access
Sets the BIOS pipe access and returns the BIOS
pipe access status.
5F29h
Get Mode Information
Returns information on the requested mode.
5F61h
Local Flat Panel Support Function
Supports local flat panel features.
Hooks for the System BIOS
5F31h
POST Completion Notification Hook
Signals the completion of video POST (Power On
Self Test)
5F33h
Hook After Mode Set
Allows System BIOS to intercept Video BIOS at the
end of a mode set.
5F35h
Boot Display Device Hook
Allows System BIOS to override video display
default setting.
5F36h
Boot TV Format Hook
Allows System BIOS to boot TV in selected TV
format state.
5F38h
Hook Before Set Mode
Allows System BIOS to intercept Video BIOS
before setting the mode.
5F40h
Config ID Hook
Allows System BIOS to supply a configuration ID
that is passed to the driver.
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
183
Intel 5F Extended Interface Functions
This page is intentionally left blank.
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
184
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Index
Index
Numerics
5F functions
table of 183
A
Acronyms and Terminology 11
Advanced EDID Configuration 46
AGP Aperture Size 24
API support 20
Architecture
IEGD driver 18
IEGD suite overview 17
-asm option
pcf2iegd utility 25
Assembler
MASM* 72
Assignment syntax
PCF file 27
Attributes
CH7009/CH7010 port driver, table of 167
CH7017/CH7305 port driver, table of 170
CH7308 port driver, table of 174, 175
FS453/FS454 port driver, table of 176, 178, 179
Sil 1362/Sil 1364 port driver, table of 180
standard port driver, table of 165
TFP410 port driver, table of 181
B
Backward compatibility 85, 116
-bin option
pcf2iegd utility 27
Blend filtering
Windows CE* OS 115
Block heading hierarchy
PCF file 28
Block syntax
in PCF file 27
(See also PCF file.)
BOOT display attachment selection category
def_eg.txt configuration file 81
(See also Legacy Video BIOS.)
Build selection category
def_eg.txt configuration file 73
(See also Legacy Video BIOS.)
Building the Video BIOS 61
prerequisites 62
procedure 65
Built-in display modes 46
C
Catalogue feature file (igd.cec)
Windows CE* OS 115
-cfg option
pcf2iegd utility 26
CH7009/CH7010 port driver attributes, table of 167
CH7017/CH7305 port driver attributes, table of 170
CH7308 port driver attributes, table of 174, 175
Chipsets
default DVO search order 182
default GPIO pin pair assignments 182
IEGD support 20
Intel® 855GME dual display parameter settings 86
COMMON_TO_PORT parameter 63
Compilers
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Watcom* C/C++ compiler 62, 72
Component Designer 91
Configuration
advanced EDID 46
dual panel configuration in Windows* OS 86
Linux OS 125
Linux* OS
driver options, table of 136
PCF file
general format rules 27
platform 23
universal INF 85
VBIOS and Driver 24
Windows CE* OS 103
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
185
Index
Windows* OS 88
XFree86 and Xorg 135
configuration file
D
def_eg.txt configuration file 73
BOOT display attachment selection category 81
build selection category 73
general selection category 75
PORT_CONFIG selection category 76
PORT_DEVICE selection category 76
version selection category 73
Default display mode
changing 92
Default mode parameters 64
default_refresh parameters 64
default_vga_height parameter 65
Detectable displays 46
Device Address Byte
default assignments 182
Directory structure
Video BIOS 63
Display Configurations
types 19
Display configurations
supported configurations 19
Display detect operation 44
Display Detection and Initialization 44
Display modes
built-in 46
EDID-DTDs 46
user-specified DTDs 46
DisplayDetect key
in ssigd.inf file 44
Displays
configurations 19
detectable 46
supported types 19
Downloading IEGD Driver and Video BIOS 14
DTD settings
flags parameter in PCF file 36
in PCF file 35
Dual panel configuration
Intel® 855GME chipset example 86
Windows* OS 86
DVO devices
description 21
DVO ports
default search order 182
Dynamic port driver loading
Windows CE* OS 115
Dynamic port drivers
See Port drivers.
E
EDID-DTDs 46
EDID-Less configuration 21
Linux* OS 140, 185
EDID-Less file format
Linux* OS 140
EDID-Less panel type detection
description 21
Error messages
pcf2iegd
Error, no input file specified 27
Examples
device configuration for Linux* OS 138
Intel® 855GME dual display parameter settings 86
External PCI Graphics Adaptor 47
F
Files 73
.sld file 91
EDID-.bin 140
igd.cec 115
INF
backward commpatibility 85
sample 157
Linux configuration file 133
PCF file 27
PCF file sample 37
sample extended clone mode PCF file 52
ssigd.inf
DisplayDetect key 44
video.reg 103
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
186
file backward commpatibility 116
sample 117
XF86Conf file
DisplayDetect option 44
XF86Conf sample 131
Xorg.conf file
DisplayDetect option 44
Flags parameter
in PCF file 36
Framebuffer
Windows CE* OS 109
FS453/FS454 port driver attributes, table of 176, 178,
179
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Index
G
Gang Mode for NS387R transmitter 55
General selection category
def_eg.txt configuration file 75
(See also Legacy Video BIOS.)
GMCH
as secondary graphics device 47
PCI device enabling 23
GPIO pin pair
default assignments 182
Graphics and Memory Controller Hub (GMCH) See
GMCH
Graphics Mode Select (GMS) 24
Graphics port initialization
Linux* OS 139
H
-h option
pcf2iegd utility 25
I
I2C/DDC pin pair definitions for 8x chipsets
table of 43
IEGD driver
architecture 18
compatibility with Video BIOS 65
configuration 24
configuration procedure 14
definition 9
detectable displays 46
display configuration 19
display detection and initialization 44
display mode configuration for Windows CE* OS
110
downloading 14
DVO devices 21
EDID-less configuration 21
general configuration section for Windows CE* OS
110
installing on Windows* OS 92
new features at Version 4.0 11
options for Linux* OS
table of 136
OS and API support 20
PCF file 27
pcf2iegd utility 25
platform configuration 23
rotation support 22
runtime configuration GUI 95
supported chipsets 20
supported display types 19
uninstalling from Windows* OS 93
IEGDGUI runtime configuration utility
Linux* OS 144
setup 144
using 146
igd.cec catalogue feature file
Windows CE* OS 115
INF file
backward compatibility 85
sample 157
-inf option
pcf2iegd utility 26
Installation
IEGD driver on Linux* OS 126
IEGD driver on Windows CE* 101
IEGD driver on Windows* OS 92
Linux OS 125
Intel 5F Extended Interface Functions See 5F functions
Intel® 855GME chipset
dual display parameter settings example 86
K
Keys
PcfVersion 85, 116
L
Legacy Video BIOS 69
(See also Video BIOS.)
compatibility with IEGD driver 82
configuration tips 82
deg_eg.txt configuration file 73
model 70
panel detection 71
User Build System (UBS) 72
VBIOS customization tool (VCT) 81
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
VESA modes 84
video modes 82
Linux OS
configuration file 133
installation and configuration 125
XFree86 and Xorg configuration 135
Linux* OS
EDID-.bin file 140
EDID-Less configuration 140, 185
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
187
Index
EDID-Less file format 140
example device configuration 138
graphics port initialization 139
IEGD driver options
table of 136
IEGDGUI setup 144
installation prerequisites 125
installation procedure 126
modelines 140
runtime configuration GUI 144
using IEGDGUI 146
XF86Conf file
DisplayDetect option 44
Xinerama 139
Xorg.conf file
DisplayDetect option 44
M
MASM* assembler 72
Modelines 140
Modes
VESA and VGA 65
N
NOTEARING support
Windows CE* OS 116
NS387R transmitter
Gang Mode 55
O
OEM vendor string parameters 64
Options
driver options for Linux* OS 136
OS support 20
P
Panel Detection
legacy Video BIOS 71
Parameter Configuration Format (PCF) file 27
PCF file
assignment syntax 27
block heading hierarchy 28
block headings hierarchy 27
block syntax 27
COMMON_TO_PORT parameter 63
configuring for the Video BIOS 63
default mode parameters 64
default_refresh parameters 64
default_vga_height parameter 65
dtd parameter 35
error message 27
general format rules 27
OEM vendor string parameters 64
parameters
table of 29
post_display_msg parameter 64
sample 37
pcf2iegd utility
-asm option 25
-bin option 27
-cfg option 26
error message 27
-h option 25
-inf option 26
usage 25
VBIOS and driver configuration 25
-ver option 25
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
188
-x option 26
PcfVersion key 85, 116
PCI device enabling 23
PCI Graphics Adaptor 47
Per port customization
Windows CE* OS
attribute initialization 114
custom DTD mode timings 112
custom DVO GPIO Pin Settings 113
custom flat panel controls 113
Platform
per port customizations
Windows CE* OS 112
Platform configuration 23
Port drivers
CH7009/CH7010 attributes, table of 167
CH7017/CH7305 attributes, table of 170
CH7307 attributes, table of 174
CH7308 attributes, table of 175
default Device Address Byte assignments 182
FS453/FS454 attributes, table of 176, 178, 179
installation options on Windows CE* OS 107
Sil 1362/Sil 1364 attributes, table of 180
standard attributes, table of 165
TFP410 attributes, table of 181
Windows* OS configuration 88
PORT_CONFIG selection category
def_eg.txt configuration file 76
(See also Legacy Video BIOS.)
PORT_DEVICE selection category
def_eg.txt configuration file 76
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Index
(See also Legacy Video BIOS.)
post_display_msg parameter 64
Prerequisites
for building Video BIOS 62
Windows CE* OS installation 101
R
Registry keys
Windows CE* OS 104
Reserved memory
Windows CE* OS 107
Rotation 22
Runtime configuration GUI
Linux* OS 144
Windows* OS 95
S
Sample Extended Clone Mode PCF File 52
Sample files
INF 157
video.reg 117
XF86Conf 131
Sil 1362/Sil 1364 port driver attributes, table of 180
sld file
for Windows XP Embedded* OS 91
ssigd.inf file
DisplayDetect key 44
Stolen memory
Graphics Mode Select settings 24
System BIOS
GMS settings 24
interface with legacy Video BIOS 82
settings 23
System requirements
Video BIOS 61
System to video stretch blit
Windows CE* OS 114
T
Terminology 11
Text anti-aliasing
Windows CE* OS 115
TFP410 port driver attributes, table of 181
U
Uninstalling IEGD driver
Windows* OS 93
Universal INF configuration 85
User Build System (UBS)
building the video BIOS 61
legacy Video BIOS 72
User-specified DTDs 46
Utilities
IEGDGUI
Linux* OS 144
V
VBIOS Customization Tool (VCT)
legacy Video BIOS 81
-ver option
pcf2iegd utility 25
Version selection category
def_eg.txt configuration file 73
(See also Legacy Video BIOS.)
Vertical Extended Display Mode 111
VESA modes
legacy Video BIOS support 84
table of 65
Video BIOS support 67
VGA modes
legacy Video BIOS 82
table of 65
Video BIOS 61
(See also Legacy Video BIOS.)
building 65
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
COMMON_TO_PORT parameter 63
configuration 24
configuration procedure 14
configuring the PCF file. 63
default mode parameters 64
default_refresh parameters 64
default_vga_height parameter 65
directory structure 63
downloading 14
driver compatibility 65
EDID-less configuration 21
legacy 69
OEM vendor string parameters 64
pcf file 27
pcf2iegd utility 25
platform configuration 23
post_display_msg parameter 64
system requirements 61
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
189
Index
VESA mode support 67
zip file 62
Video surface allocation rule
Windows CE* OS 110
video.reg file 103
backward compatibility 116
sample 117
W
Watcom* C/C++ compiler 62, 72
Wiindows XP Embedded* OS
Component Designer 91
Windows CE* OS
attribute initialization 114
backward compatibility 116
blend filtering 115
catalogue feature file (igd.cec) 115
configuration 103
custom DTD mode timings 112
custom DVO GPIO pin settings 113
custom flat panel controls 113
determining graphics memory size 108
display mode configuration 110
dynamic port driver loading 115
framebuffer and video surface size 109
general configuration selection 110
installation 101
installation prerequisites 101
NOTEARING support 116
PcfVersion key 116
per port platform customization 112
port driver installation options 107
registry keys, table of 104
reserved memory model 107
sample video.reg file 117
system to video stretch blit 114
text anti-aliasing 115
Vertical Extended Display Mode 111
video surface allocation rule 110
video.reg file 103
Windows XP Embedded* OS
creating an .sld file 91
Windows* OS
backward compatibility 85
configuring and installing 85
dual panel configuration 86
installing IEGD driver 92
PcfVersion key 85
runtime configuration GUI 95
uninstalling the IEGD driver 93
universal INF configuration 85
X
-x option
pcf2iegd utility 26
XF86Conf file 131
DisplayDetect option 44
XFree86
configuration 135
Intel® Embedded Graphics Drivers and Video BIOS v5.1
User’s Guide
190
Xinerama
Linux* OS 139
Xorg
configuration 135
Xorg.conf file
DisplayDetect option 44
June 2006
Document Number: 274041-009US
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement